Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing-Underwater Acoustic Thresholds for Onset of Permanent and Temporary Threshold Shifts, 51693-51724 [2016-18462]
Download as PDF
Vol. 81
Thursday,
No. 150
August 4, 2016
Part IV
Department of Commerce
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on
Marine Mammal Hearing—Underwater Acoustic Thresholds for Onset of
Permanent and Temporary Threshold Shifts; Notice
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
51694
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
RIN 0648–XC969
Technical Guidance for Assessing the
Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on
Marine Mammal Hearing—Underwater
Acoustic Thresholds for Onset of
Permanent and Temporary Threshold
Shifts
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice.
AGENCY:
The National Marine
Fisheries Service (NMFS) announces the
availability of its final Technical
Guidance for Assessing the Effects of
Anthropogenic Sound on Marine
Mammal Hearing—Underwater
Acoustic Thresholds for Onset of
Permanent and Temporary Threshold
Shifts (Technical Guidance or
Guidance) that provides updated
received levels, or acoustic thresholds,
above which individual marine
mammals under NMFS’ jurisdiction are
predicted to experience changes in their
hearing sensitivity (either temporary or
permanent) for all underwater
anthropogenic sound sources.
ADDRESSES: The Technical Guidance is
available in electronic form via the
Internet at https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/
pr/acoustics/.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Amy R. Scholik-Schlomer, Office of
Protected Resources, 301–427–8449,
Amy.Scholik@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The
National Marine Fisheries Service in
consultation with the National Ocean
Service has developed Technical
Guidance to help assess the effects of
underwater anthropogenic sound on
marine mammal species under NMFS’
jurisdiction. Specifically, the Guidance
identifies the received levels, or
acoustic thresholds, above which
individual marine mammals are
predicted to experience changes in their
hearing sensitivity (either temporary or
permanent) for all underwater
anthropogenic sound sources. NMFS
compiled, interpreted, and synthesized
scientific literature to produce updated
acoustic thresholds for the onset of both
temporary (TTS) and permanent
threshold shifts (PTS). This is the first
time NMFS has presented this
information in a single, comprehensive
document. This Technical Guidance is
intended for use by NMFS analysts and
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
managers and other relevant user groups
and stakeholders, including other
federal agencies, when seeking to
determine whether and how their
activities are expected to result in
hearing impacts to marine mammals via
acoustic exposure.
The main body of the document
contains NMFS’ updated acoustic
thresholds for onset of PTS for marine
mammals exposed to underwater sound
and NMFS’ plan for periodically
updating acoustic thresholds. Other
information such as details on the
development marine mammal auditory
weighting functions and acoustic
thresholds, research recommendations,
alternative methodology (formerly
referred to as a User Guide), the peer
review and public comment process,
and a glossary of acoustic terms can be
found in the Technical Guidance
appendices.
These thresholds update those
currently in use by NMFS. Updates
include a protocol for deriving PTS and
TTS onset levels for impulsive (e.g.,
airguns, impact pile drivers) and nonimpulsive (e.g., tactical sonar, vibratory
pile drivers) sound sources and the
formation of marine mammal hearing
groups (low- (LF), mid- (MF), and highfrequency (HF) cetaceans and otariid
(OW) and phocid (PW) pinnipeds in
water) and associated auditory
weighting functions. Acoustic
thresholds are presented using the dual
metrics of cumulative sound exposure
level (SELcum) and peak sound pressure
level (PK) for impulsive sounds and the
SELcum metric for non-impulsive
sounds. While the updated acoustic
thresholds are more complex than what
has been in use by NMFS and regulated
entities, they more accurately reflect the
current state of scientific knowledge
regarding the characteristics of sound
that have the potential to impact marine
mammal hearing sensitivity. Given the
specific nature of these updates, it is not
possible to generally or directly
compare the updated acoustic
thresholds presented in this document
with the thresholds they will replace
because outcomes will depend on
project-specific specifications.
Although NMFS has updated the
acoustic thresholds, and these changes
may necessitate new methodologies for
calculating impacts, the application of
the thresholds in the regulatory context
of applicable statutes (Marine Mammal
Protection Act (MMPA), Endangered
Species Act (ESA), and National Marine
Sanctuaries Act (NMSA)) remains
consistent with current NOAA practice
(see Regulatory Context in this Federal
Register Notice). It is important to
emphasize that these updated acoustic
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
thresholds do not represent the entirety
of an impact assessment, but rather
serve as one tool (in addition to
behavioral impact thresholds, auditory
masking assessments, evaluations to
help understand the ultimate effects of
any particular type of impact on an
individual’s fitness, population
assessments, etc.), to help evaluate the
effects of a proposed action.
NMFS recognizes that action
proponents may have varying abilities
to model and estimate exposure and that
the Technical Guidance may be more
complex than some action proponents
are able to incorporate. Thus, NMFS has
provided alternative methodology and
an associated User Spreadsheet to aid
action proponents with SELcum
thresholds and marine mammal
auditory weighting functions (https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/).
The Technical Guidance is classified
as a Highly Influential Scientific
Assessment (HISA) by the Office of
Management and Budget. As such, three
independent peer reviews were
undertaken, at three different stages of
the development of the Technical
Guidance, including a follow-up to one
of the peer reviews, prior to broad
public dissemination by the Federal
Government. Details of each peer review
can be found within the Technical
Guidance (Appendix C) and at the
following Web site: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/.
NMFS acknowledges and thanks the
Marine Mammal Commission
(Commission) and the Acoustical
Society of America’s Underwater
Technical Council for nominating peer
reviewers and thanks the peer reviewers
for their time and expertise in reviewing
this document.
In additional to three independent
peer reviews, the Technical Guidance
was the subject of three public comment
periods. NMFS evaluated all substantive
comments made during each public
comment period to determine their
relevance to the Technical Guidance as
it was revised. Public comments made
on aspects of the Technical Guidance
that are no longer relevant have not
been included here. Substantive and
relevant comments and NMFS’
responses are included below (see
Comments and Responses).
The Technical Guidance does not
create or confer any rights for or on any
person, or operate to bind the public.
An alternative approach that has
undergone independent peer review
may be proposed (by federal agencies or
prospective action proponents) and
used if case-specific information/data
indicate that the alternative approach is
likely to produce a more accurate
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
portrayal of take for the project being
evaluated, if NOAA determines the
approach satisfies the requirements of
the applicable statutes and regulations.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
Transitioning to the Technical
Guidance
NMFS considers the updated
thresholds and associated weighting
functions in the Technical Guidance to
be the best available information for
assessing whether exposure to specific
activities is likely to result in changes in
marine mammal hearing sensitivity
(temporary or permanent). Prospective
applicants for incidental take
authorizations under the MMPA and
federal agencies seeking ESA section 7
consultations that have not yet started
their acoustic analyses should begin
using the new Technical Guidance
immediately. At the same time, we
recognize that for some proposed
actions, analyses may have already
substantially progressed using the
existing thresholds or other methods for
assessing hearing effects, and it may be
impractical to begin those analyses
anew, taking into account timing
constraints, expense, and other
considerations. In such ‘‘pipeline’’
cases, the applicant or action agency
should contact NMFS as soon as
possible to discuss how to best include
consideration of the Technical Guidance
to satisfy the applicable requirements. A
non-exhaustive list of factors that could
affect the extent to which the Technical
Guidance will be considered for an
action include: The relative degree to
which the Technical Guidance is
expected to affect the results of the
acoustic impact analyses; how far in the
process the application or prospective
application has progressed; when the
activity is scheduled to begin or other
timing constraints; the complexity of the
analyses and the cost and practicality of
redoing them; and the temporal and
spatial scope of anticipated effects. We
anticipate that after the initial transition
period, all applications for MMPA
incidental take authorization (ITA) and
all requests for ESA section 7
consultations involving noise that may
affect marine mammals will include full
consideration of the Technical
Guidance.
National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA)
In 2005, NMFS published a Federal
Register Notice of Public Scoping and
Intent to Prepare an EIS for a similar
action (70 FR 1871, January 11, 2005).
The nature of the Guidance has evolved
significantly since then. After evaluating
the contents of the Technical Guidance
and the standards for a categorical
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
exclusion under NAO 216–6, sec.
6.03c.3(i), we have determined the
Technical Guidance is categorically
excluded from further NEPA review.
NAO 216–6, sec. 6.03c.3(i), provides
that a categorical exclusion is
appropriate for ‘‘policy directives,
regulations, and guidelines of an
administrative, technical, or procedural
nature, or the environmental effects of
which are too broad, speculative or
conjectural to lend themselves to
meaningful analysis and will be subject
later to the NEPA process, either
collectively or case by case.’’
Although changes to the PTS and TTS
thresholds will likely change the take
estimates for at least some portion of
activities, any environmental effects of
the draft guidance alone, without
reference to a specific activity, are too
speculative or conjectural to lend
themselves to meaningful analysis at
this stage. Effects analyses under the
MMPA, ESA, and NMSA (and
appropriate mitigation and monitoring)
are activity-specific exercises that
cannot be conducted absent some level
of specificity regarding the nature of the
proposed activity, the general location,
and the time and duration. Moreover,
direct comparisons cannot be made
between the thresholds currently used
and the updated thresholds, due to the
different metrics and taxa-specific
frequency weighting used in the new
thresholds.
Any environmental effects from
application of the updated PTS and TTS
thresholds will flow from future actions
that are the subject of ITAs under the
MMPA and related consultations under
the ESA or NMSA. The nature and
magnitude of such effects will depend
on the specific actions themselves, each
of which would be subject to the NEPA
process.
Because any effects from the
Technical Guidance are speculative and
conjectural, NOAA has determined it
cannot meaningfully analyze potential
effects in the manner contemplated by
NEPA, which is to inform agency
decisions about the effects of an action
(and reasonable alternatives) on the
environment. Any changes in future
effects analyses resulting from the
Guidance will be part of the NEPA and
other statutorily-required analyses
conducted for specific actions in the
future.
Finally, the proposed action does not
trigger any of the exceptions for
categorical exclusions described in
section 5.05c of NAO 216–6. It does not
involve a geographic area with unique
characteristics, is not a subject of public
controversy due to potential
environmental consequences, have
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51695
uncertain environmental impacts or
unique or unknown risks, establish a
precedent or decision in principle about
future proposals, result in cumulatively
significant impacts, or have any adverse
effects upon endangered or threatened
species or their habitats.
Regulatory Context
NMFS uses acoustic thresholds to
help quantify ‘‘take’’ and as part of more
comprehensive effects analyses under
several statutes. The Technical
Guidance’s updated acoustic thresholds
do not represent the entirety of the
comprehensive effects analysis, but
rather serve as one tool among others
(e.g., behavioral impact thresholds,
auditory masking assessments,
evaluations to help understand the
ultimate effects of any particular type of
impact on an individual’s fitness,
population assessments, etc.) to help
evaluate the effects of a proposed action
and make findings required by NOAA’s
various statutes.
Under current agency practice, NMFS
considers the onset of PTS, which is an
auditory injury, as an example of ‘‘Level
A Harassment’’ as defined in the MMPA
and as ‘‘harm’’ as defined in ESA
regulations, such that exposing an
animal to weighted received sound
levels at or above the indicated PTS
threshold is predicted to result in these
two types of ‘‘take’’ (i.e., Level A
Harassment under the MMPA and harm
under ESA).
As explained below, NMFS does not
consider a TTS to be an auditory injury
under the MMPA or ESA, and thus it
does not qualify as Level A harassment
or harm. Nevertheless, TTS is an
adverse effect that historically has been
treated as ‘‘take’’ by ‘‘Level B
Harassment’’ under the MMPA and
‘‘harassment’’ under the ESA. The broad
definition of ‘‘injury’’ under the NMSA
regulations includes both PTS and TTS
(as well as other adverse changes in
physical or behavioral characteristics
that are not addressed in the Technical
Guidance).
Marine Mammal Protection Act
The MMPA prohibits the take of
marine mammals, with certain
exceptions, one of which is the issuance
of ITAs. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) & (D) of
the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.)
direct the Secretary of Commerce to
allow, upon request, the incidental, but
not intentional, taking of small numbers
of marine mammals by U.S. citizens
who engage in a specified activity (other
than commercial fishing) within a
specified geographical region if certain
findings are made. Through delegation
by the Secretary of Commerce, NMFS is
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
51696
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
required to authorize the incidental
taking of marine mammals if it finds
that the total taking will have a
negligible impact on the species or
stock(s) and will not have an
unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for
certain subsistence uses. NMFS must
also set forth the permissible methods of
taking and requirements pertaining to
the mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting of such takings. (The ‘‘small
numbers’’ and ‘‘specified geographical
region’’ provisions do not apply to
military readiness activities.)
The term ‘‘take’’ means to harass,
hunt, capture, or kill, or attempt to
harass, hunt, capture or kill any marine
mammal. 16 U.S.C. 1362(13).
Except with respect to certain
activities described below,
‘‘harassment’’ means any act of pursuit,
torment, or annoyance which:
• Has the potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
(Level A Harassment), or
• Has the potential to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns,
including, but not limited to, migration,
breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding or
sheltering (Level B Harassment).
See id. at 1362(18)(A)(i) & (ii) (emphasis
added).
Congress amended the definition of
‘‘harassment’’ as it applies to a ‘‘military
readiness activity’’ or research
conducted by or on behalf of the federal
government consistent with MMPA
section 104(c)(3) as follows (section
3(18)(B) of the MMPA):
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
• Any act that injures or has the significant
potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A
Harassment); or
• Any act that disturbs or is likely to
disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption of
natural behavioral patterns, including, but
not limited to, migration, surfacing, nursing,
breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to a point
where such behavioral patterns are
abandoned or significantly altered (Level B
Harassment).
See id. at 1362(18)(B)(i) & (ii) (emphasis
added).
The term ‘‘negligible impact’’ is
defined as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival.
50 CFR 216.103.
In support of the analysis that is
necessary to make the required statutory
determinations, MMPA implementing
regulations require ITA action
proponents to provide NMFS with
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
specific information. Although they may
also be used to inform the development
of mitigation measures, the updated
acoustic thresholds are particularly
relevant to the following two of the
fourteen required pieces of information:
• The type of incidental taking
authorization that is being requested (i.e.,
takes by Level B Harassment only; Level A
Harassment; or serious injury/mortality) and
the method of incidental taking;
• By age, sex, and reproductive condition
(if possible), the number of marine mammals
(by species) that may be taken by each type
of taking identified in paragraph (a)(5) of this
section, and the number of times such
takings by each type of taking are likely to
occur.
50 CFR 216.104 (emphasis added).
Endangered Species Act
Section 9 of the ESA prohibits the
take of ESA-listed species, with limited
exceptions. Section 7 of the ESA
requires that each federal agency, in
consultation with NMFS and/or the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS),
ensure that any action authorized,
funded, or carried out by the agency is
not likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any endangered or
threatened species or result in the
destruction or adverse modification of
designated critical habitat. See 16 U.S.C.
1536(a)(2). Provided that NMFS or the
USFWS reaches these conclusions
through a ‘‘formal consultation’’
process, incidental take of ESA-listed
species may be exempted from the
section 9 take prohibition through an
‘‘incidental take statement’’ that must
specify the impact, i.e., the amount or
extent, of the taking on the species. See
id. at section 1536(b)(4). Incidental take
statements must also include reasonable
and prudent measures necessary or
appropriate to minimize the impact, and
the terms and conditions required to
implement those measures.
Under ESA, ‘‘take’’ means to harass,
harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill,
trap, capture, or collect, or to attempt to
engage in any such conduct. See id.at
section 1532(19). ‘‘Harm’’ is defined in
NMFS regulations as ‘‘an act which
actually kills or injures fish or wildlife’’
(and can include significant habitat
modification or degradation). See 50
CFR 222.102.
Under NMFS and the USFWS
implementing regulations for section 7
of the ESA, ‘‘jeopardize the continued
existence of’’ means to engage in an
action that reasonably would be
expected, directly or indirectly, to
reduce appreciably the likelihood of
both the survival and recovery of a
listed species in the wild by reducing
the reproduction, numbers, or
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
distribution of that species. See id.at
§ 402.02.
In support of the analysis necessary to
conduct the consultation, the ESA
implementing regulations state that in
order to initiate formal consultation, the
federal action agency must submit a
written request for formal consultation
to the Director (of NMFS or the USFWS)
that includes, among other things, a
description of the manner in which the
action may affect any listed species. See
id.at § 402.14(c).
National Marine Sanctuaries Act
Section 304(d) of the NMSA requires
federal agencies whose actions are likely
to destroy, cause the loss of, or injure a
sanctuary resource to consult with the
Office of National Marine Sanctuaries
(ONMS) before taking the action. See 16
U.S.C. 1434(d)(1). The NMSA defines
sanctuary resource as ‘‘any living or
nonliving resource of a national marine
sanctuary that contributes to the
conservation, recreational, ecological,
historical, educational, cultural,
archeological, scientific, or aesthetic
value of the sanctuary.’’16 U.S.C.
1432(8). Through the sanctuary
consultation process, ONMS may
recommend reasonable and prudent
alternatives that will protect sanctuary
resources. Recommended alternatives
may include alternative locations,
timing, and/or methods for conducting
the proposed action. See id.at
§ 1434(d)(2). Monitoring may also be
recommended to better characterize
impacts to sanctuary resources or
accompany mitigation.
The term ‘‘injure’’ is defined in the
ONMS implementing regulations as to
‘‘change adversely, either in the short or
long term, a chemical, biological or
physical attribute of, or the viability of.’’
15 CFR 922.3.
In support of the analysis necessary to
conduct the consultation, the NMSA
requires that any federal agency
proposing an action that may injure a
sanctuary resource provide ONMS with
a written statement (‘‘sanctuary resource
statement’’) describing the action and its
potential effects on sanctuary resources.
See 16 U.S.C. 1434(d)(1)(B).
Application of Acoustic Thresholds for
Permanent Threshold Shift
The acoustic thresholds for PTS will
be used in conjunction with sound
source characteristics, environmental
factors that influence sound
propagation, anticipated marine
mammal occurrence and behavior in the
vicinity of the activity, as well as other
available activity-specific factors, to
quantitatively estimate (acknowledging
the gaps in scientific knowledge and the
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
inherent uncertainties in a marine
environment) the takes of marine
mammals (by Level A harassment and
harm under the MMPA and ESA,
respectively) and facilitate compliance
with the MMPA, ESA, and NMSA as
described above.
NMFS will use the same PTS acoustic
thresholds in the identification and
quantification of MMPA Level A
harassment for both military readiness
and non-military readiness activities.
Because the acoustic thresholds for PTS
predict the onset of PTS, they are
inclusive of the ‘‘potential’’ and
‘‘significant potential’’ language in the
two definitions of Level A harassment.
The limited data now available do not
support the parsing out of a meaningful
quantitative difference between the
‘‘potential’’ and ‘‘significant potential’’
for injury and, therefore, the designated
PTS acoustic thresholds will be treated
as Level A harassment for both types of
activities.
Estimating the numbers of take by
Level A harassment and harm is one
component of the fuller analyses that
inform NMFS’ ‘‘negligible impact’’ and
‘‘jeopardy’’ determinations under the
MMPA and ESA, respectively, as well as
‘‘likely to injure’’ or ‘‘may affect’’
determinations under the NMSA. Last,
the PTS acoustic thresholds may be
used to inform the development of
mitigation and monitoring measures
(such as shut-down zones) pursuant to
the MMPA, ESA, or NMSA.
When initiating any of the MMPA,
ESA, or NMSA processes described
above, agencies and other action
proponents should utilize the PTS
acoustic thresholds, in combination
with activity-specific information, to
predict whether, and if so how many,
instances of PTS are expected to occur.
Application of Acoustic Thresholds for
Temporary Threshold Shift
As previously stated, NMFS has not
considered TTS an auditory injury for
purposes of the MMPA and ESA, based
on the work of a number of investigators
that have measured TTS before and after
exposure to intense sound. For example,
Ward (1997) suggested that a TTS is
within the normal bounds of
physiological variability and tolerance
and does not represent physical injury.
In addition, Southall et al. (2007)
indicates that although PTS is a tissue
injury, TTS is not because the reduced
hearing sensitivity following exposure
to intense sound results primarily from
fatigue, not loss, of cochlear hair cells
and supporting structures, and is
reversible. Accordingly, TTS has been
considered take by Level B harassment
under the MMPA and harassment under
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
the ESA, which will be the subject of
future guidance. However, TTS is
considered injury under the broad
definition of the term ‘‘injury’’ in NMSA
regulations (along with PTS and
behavioral impacts). For now, NMFS
will continue the practice of requiring
applicants to estimate take by TTS for
explosive sources.
MMPA Level B harassment and ESA
harassment are broad categories that
encompass not only TTS but also other
behaviorally related impacts that almost
always involve a lower onset threshold
than that for onset of TTS. In
quantifying take by Level B harassment
or harassment, NMFS considers all
effects that fall into those categories of
take, not just TTS. NMFS will be
developing updated acoustic thresholds
for the onset of behavioral effects and
will further consider the best approach
for considering TTS at that time. When
that process is completed, NMFS will
provide further guidance regarding how
to best consider and/or quantify TTS for
non-pulse and impulse sources not
involving instantaneous explosives (see
exception below for underwater
explosives). In the meantime, action
proponents not using instantaneous
explosives do not need to quantify
estimates of TTS separately from their
overall behavioral harassment take
calculations. For now, the TTS acoustic
thresholds presented in the Technical
Guidance will be considered as part of
the larger comprehensive effects
analyses under the MMPA and the ESA.
With respect to instantaneous
explosives (as distinguished from
repeated explosives such as gunnery
exercises), NMFS already requires
quantification of TTS estimates because
an instantaneous explosive will not
have a separate behavioral component
from a lower exposure threshold and
there is no time accumulation involved.
The rationale for calculating TTS for
instantaneous explosives continues to
apply with the updated TTS thresholds
for explosives.
NMFS is aware of studies by Kujawa
and Liberman (2009) and Lin et al.
(2011), which found that despite
completely reversible TS that leave
cochlear sensory cells intact, large (but
temporary) TS could cause synaptic
level changes and delayed cochlear
nerve degeneration in mice and guinea
pigs. However, the large TS (i.e.,
maximum 40 decibel dB) that led to the
synaptic changes shown in these studies
are in the range of the large shifts used
by Southall et al. (2007) and in the
Technical Guidance to define PTS onset
(i.e., 40 dB). It is unknown whether
smaller levels of TTS would lead to
similar changes or the long-term
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51697
implications of irreversible neural
degeneration. The effects of sound
exposure on the nervous system are
complex, and this will be re-examined
as more data become available.
The occurrence of, and estimated
number of, TTS takes is one component
of the larger analysis that informs
NMFS’s ‘‘negligible impact’’ and
‘‘jeopardy’’ determinations under the
MMPA and ESA, respectively, as well as
‘‘likely to injure’’ or ‘‘may affect’’
determinations under the NMSA. As
with PTS, TTS acoustic thresholds also
may be used to inform the development
of mitigation and monitoring measures
pursuant to the MMPA, ESA, or NMSA.
Comments and Responses
On December 27, 2013, NMFS
published the initial Draft Guidance for
Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic
Sound on Marine Mammals: Acoustic
Thresholds for Onset of Permanent and
Temporary Threshold Shifts for a 30day public comment period (78 FR
78822), which was extended an
additional 45-days (79 FR 4672; January
29, 2014) based on public request.
During the public comment period,
NMFS received comments from U.S.
Representatives from Congress, Federal
agencies, an international government
agency, state governments, Alaskan
native groups, industry groups, and
non-governmental organizations,
individual subject matter experts, a
professional society, a regulatory
watchdog group, and 89 private citizens.
After the close of the initial public
comment period, as NMFS was
addressing public comments and
working towards finalizing the
Guidance, a new methodology for
identifying marine mammal auditory
weighting functions and acoustic
thresholds was developed by the U.S.
Navy (Dr. James Finneran, SPAWAR
Systems Center Pacific) based on new
science. Additionally, NMFS reevaluated its methods for defining
threshold usage for sources
characterized as impulsive or nonimpulsive based on comments received
during the initial public comment
period. Incorporating these updated
methodologies resulted in substantial
changes to the Guidance, necessitating
additional peer review, as well as
another public comment period. As a
result, NMFS solicited public comment
on a revised Draft Guidance (July 2015)
via a second 45-day public comment
period (80 FR 45642, July 31, 2015).
During the second public comment
period, NMFS received 20 comments
from Federal agencies, industry groups,
environmental consultants, Alaskan
native groups, non-governmental
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
51698
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
organizations, individual subject matter
experts, a professional society, a
regulatory watchdog group, and two
private citizens.
While NMFS was working to address
public comments from the second
public comment period and finalize the
Guidance, NMFS and the Navy (Dr.
James Finneran, SPAWAR Systems
Center Pacific) further evaluated certain
aspects of the U.S. Navy’s methodology.
As a result of the Navy’s and NMFS’
review, several focused
recommendations/modifications were
suggested, which did not change the
overall methodology provided in the
July 2015 Draft Guidance (the primary
changes were related to deriving a
composite audiogram for LF cetaceans).
After consideration of these
recommendations, NMFS updated
sections of the July 2015 Draft Guidance
to reflect the suggested changes and
solicited public comment on those
focused revisions via a focused 14-day
public comment period (81 FR 14095,
March 16, 2016). During this third
public comment period, NMFS received
20 comments from Federal agencies,
industry groups, non-governmental
organizations, individual subject matter
experts, a professional society, and a
private citizen. Please refer to these
Federal Register Notices for additional
background about the 2013 and 2015
Draft Guidance, as well as the document
containing proposed changes to the
Draft Guidance during the public
comment period in 2016.
During these three public comment
periods several commenters’ remarks
pertained to topics beyond the scope of
the final Technical Guidance (e.g.,
impacts beyond hearing: Non-auditory
injury, mortality, gas emboli, stranding
events, masking, stress, cumulative
effects, ecosystem-wide effects,
behavioral disturbance; activity-specific
issues associated with specific permit/
authorization; effects of airborne noise
on pinniped hearing; effects of noise on
fishes and sea turtles; propagation
modeling; animal distribution/density;
data or modeling requirements; take
estimation methodology). NMFS did not
address comments outside the scope of
this document. Additionally, in reevaluating substantive public comments
made during the first (2013/2014),
second (2015), and third (2016) public
comment periods, those earlier
comments pertaining to sections of the
document no longer included in the
final Technical Guidance are not
addressed (e.g., proposed 1-hour
accumulation period, transition range
methodology, alternative thresholds).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
Technical Guidance Scope
Comment 1: Several commenters were
concerned about the potential impacts
of sound on polar bear, sea otter, and
walrus and asked if NMFS coordinated
with the USFWS or other branches of
NMFS when evaluating and establishing
thresholds in the Guidance.
Response: The Technical Guidance
only addresses the effects of underwater
anthropogenic sound on marine
mammal species under NMFS’
jurisdiction. The Technical Guidance
does not pertain to marine mammal
species under the USFWS’s jurisdiction
(e.g., walrus, polar bears, manatees, sea
otters). The USFWS is aware of this
document and was provided an
opportunity to comment. NMFS
Headquarters, Regions, and Science
Centers coordinated in the development
this Guidance, as did the National
Ocean Service.
Comment 2: Multiple commenters,
citing the technical complexity of the
Draft Guidance, requested an extension
during all three public comment
periods. Additionally, multiple
commenters expressed concern that the
public comment period associated with
the March 2016 Proposed Changes
document was rushed, resulted in
arbitrary decisions, and did not allow
for meaningful input from those action
proponents most impacted by changes
(i.e., activities producing low-frequency
sound). These commenters advocated
that instead of NMFS adopting the
changes in the March 2016 document,
the July 2015 Draft Guidance instead be
finalized.
Response: NMFS extended the initial
30-day public comment period on the
2013 Draft Guidance by an additional 45
days (79 FR 4672, January 29, 2014). In
consideration of an appropriate duration
for the 2015 Draft Guidance public
comment period (80 FR 45642, July 31,
2015), NMFS chose a 45-day (opposed
to 30 days) public comment period,
based on the extent of changes from the
Draft 2013 Guidance, but did not extend
that public comment period. Regarding
the third public comment period, due to
the focused nature of the most recent
proposed revision, presented in a
standalone 24-page document, and
significant previous opportunities for
public comment, NMFS deemed a 14day public comment period appropriate
(81 FR, 14095, March 16, 2016) and did
not extend public comment period in
response to requests. Based on input
received during the robust review
process (i.e., three public comment
periods and three peer reviews, as well
as follow-up peer review), NMFS does
not believe additional or extended
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
public comment periods were necessary
to finalize the Technical Guidance.
NMFS disagrees that the March 2016
public comment period was rushed or
resulted in arbitrary decisions. The
March 2016 public comment period was
the third opportunity given to the public
to review our Draft Guidance (following
the 75-day first public comment period
and 45-day second public comment
period). Previous versions of the Draft
Guidance had already been revised
based upon peer review and public
input. Due to the focused nature of the
proposed changes since the prior draft
(which were described in a 24-page
standalone document) and balanced
against the lengthy process to date and
need for updated thresholds, NMFS
determined a 14-day public comment
period was appropriate.
Comment 3: A few commenters
indicated that the 2015 Draft Guidance
and the 2016 Proposed Changes
document was incomplete and the
Guidance should not be finalized until
the public has an opportunity to
comment on the following missing
sections: Agency response to comments
made during the initial and second
public comment periods; optional User
Spreadsheet for determining isopleths;
and references associated with sirenian
data used in the March 2016 Proposed
Changes document.
Response: NMFS disagrees that the
2015 Draft Guidance and 2016 Proposed
Changes document were incomplete for
public comment. In finalizing the
Technical Guidance (via this Federal
Register Notice), NMFS has addressed
to substantive comments provided
during all three public comment
periods, except those no longer relevant
due to subsequent changes to the Draft
Guidance. Both the 2015 Draft Guidance
and the 2016 Proposed Changes
document encompassed modifications
based on comments received during the
first and second public comment
periods.
NMFS disagrees that the User
Spreadsheet associated with the
Technical Guidance’s alternative
methodology requires public comment.
This spreadsheet precisely follows the
alternative methodology provided in the
Technical Guidance (Appendix D),
which was available for public
comment. There is nothing additional or
new provided by this spreadsheet.
As for the sirenian data used in the
March 2016 Proposed Changes
document, in response to this comment,
these references (Gerstein et al., 1999;
Mann et al., 2009) have been included
in the finalized Technical Guidance.
However, NMFS does not believe
additional public review is necessary.
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
Comment 4: A few commenters
requested clarification as to how the
Technical Guidance will be used in
management decisions (i.e., is the
Technical Guidance’s use a
requirement? Is the Technical Guidance
a rule?).
Response: The Technical Guidance
provides a robust assessment and
synthesis of a body of scientifically
complex information to assess impacts
of sound on marine mammal hearing.
Although its use is not a binding
requirement, it currently reflects the
agency’s expert assessment of the
scientific literature and represents what
the agency believes is the best approach
for assessing auditory impacts. The
Guidance allows for an alternative
approach if case-specific information/
data indicate that such an approach is
likely, in NMFS’ view following peer
review, to produce an equally or a more
accurate estimate of auditory impacts.
Comment 5: Multiple commenters
requested NMFS include a brief
statement in the Guidance about what
standards are currently in use and why
they need to be updated. Additionally,
the Commission requested that the
Guidance include updated explosive
thresholds for mortality (extensive lung
injury) and injury (slight lung and
gastrointestinal (G.I.) tract).
Response: A new section has been
added to the Technical Guidance (see
Section 1.1 of Main Document) to
explain the justification for the updated
acoustic thresholds for PTS and TTS.
The Technical Guidance explicitly
indicates that the thresholds within the
document are meant to update all
thresholds currently in use by NMFS for
assessing PTS onset, including generic
injury thresholds (i.e., root mean square
sound pressure level (RMS SPL)
thresholds of 180/190 dB), and PTS/TTS
thresholds for explosives.
NMFS acknowledges that future
Technical Guidance is needed for nonauditory impacts, but is planning on
addressing this in a separate guidance
document and recommends current
non-auditory thresholds for explosives
remain in use until updates can be
completed via the appropriate
processes.
Comment 6: Multiple commenters
requested clarification on the
applicability the National
Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) to the
Guidance.
Response: NMFS determined that the
Technical Guidance satisfies the
standards for a categorical exclusion
under NAO 216–6. NAO 216–6, sec.
6.03c.3(i), which provides that a
categorical exclusion is appropriate for
‘‘policy directives, regulations, and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
guidelines of an administrative,
technical, or procedural nature, or the
environmental effects of which are too
broad, speculative or conjectural to lend
themselves to meaningful analysis and
will be subject later to the NEPA
process, either collectively or case by
case.’’ See the section addressing NEPA
earlier in this Notice.
Comment 7: The Center for Regulatory
Effectiveness (CRE) indicated that any
use of the Guidance by NMFS in rules
would have to be supported by costbenefit analyses because it ‘‘could have
a potential impact of more than $500
million in any one year on either the
public or private sector; or . . . the
dissemination is novel, controversial, or
precedent-setting; or . . . [it has]
significant interagency interest.’’
Response: The Technical Guidance is
not a regulatory action subject to a costbenefit analysis under Executive Orders
12866 and 13563. The Technical
Guidance was classified as a HISA
because it was novel and precedent
setting, not due to the potential
financial implications. The Technical
Guidance will inform assessments of
activities that occur in a regulatory
context as they arise. The Technical
Guidance does not address or change
NMFS’ application of the thresholds in
the regulatory context, under applicable
statutes. Any required cost-benefit
considerations will take place during
future actions that are the subject of
regulatory action, such as ITAs under
the MMPA. The nature and magnitude
of such effects will depend on the
specific actions themselves. Because
any direct effects from the Technical
Guidance are speculative and
conjectural, NMFS cannot meaningfully
analyze potential effects by a costbenefit analysis.
Comment 8: The CRE states that
NMFS needs to prepare and obtain
Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) approval of a new Paperwork
Reduction Act (PRA) Information
Collection Request (ICR) in compliance
with Information Quality Act (IQA)
Guidelines before they can use the
Technical Guidance for any sound
source.
Response: There is no collection of
information requirement associated
with the Technical Guidance. However,
NMFS’ information collection for
Applications and Reporting
Requirements for Incidental Taking of
Marine Mammals by Specified
Activities Under the Marine Mammal
Protection Act, OMB approval number
0648–0151, could be affected by
applicants using the Technical
Guidance, possibly in added response
time to prepare applications using the
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51699
Guidance. The current approval expires
in March 2017 and will require renewal
before then with an opportunity for
public comment. In preparation for that
renewal, NMFS will consider the effect
of the Technical Guidance, specifically
whether a revision in the burden hour
estimates is appropriate, and invite
public comment on its assessment.
NMFS has complied with the IQA
Guidelines with the development of the
Guidance.
Comment 9: A commenter requested
that NMFS provide more information
how the Guidance’s updated thresholds
would be applied in conjunction with
thresholds used to assess MMPA Level
B behavioral harassment.
Response: The Technical Guidance
does not provide updated acoustic
thresholds for levels that could result in
behavioral effects. NMFS’ current
acoustic thresholds for these impacts are
not affected by the Technical Guidance.
NMFS recognizes the Technical
Guidance provides updated metrics that
are different than those used for
estimating behavioral harassment.
Accordingly, where calculations or
modeling suggest that some animals will
be exposed to sound levels that are at
or above the relevant PTS threshold
under the Technical Guidance but
behavioral harassment under the current
behavioral harassment thresholds, an
individual should be counted ‘‘taken’’
one time, by the more severe impact
(i.e., PTS onset). However, the
qualitative and contextual analysis of
the likely impacts on that animal, at
these exposure levels, will consider
both the impacts of the likely PTS as
well as anticipated behavioral
responses.
Comment 10: During the third public
comment period, the Commission
recommended that NMFS review and
revise this document every two years
via a small expert panel, as opposed to
the proposed three to five year schedule.
Revising the Guidance on a two-year
basis was also supported by other
commenters. Additionally, the
Commission recommended that rather
than developing independent guidance,
NMFS instead incorporate by reference
technical reports and peer-reviewed
literature already summarizing the best
available science.
Response: NMFS will continue to
monitor and evaluate new data as they
become available and will periodically
convene staff from our various offices,
regions, and science centers, and to
update the Guidance as appropriate
(anticipating updates to occur on a three
to five year cycle). NMFS believes this
timeline is appropriate and does not
need to be modified.
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
51700
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
NMFS disagrees with the
Commission’s recommendation to
incorporate by reference other reports or
peer-reviewed literature and believes
the process of developing Technical
Guidance requires a more thorough
evaluation of the science in the context
of NOAA statutory requirements. Public
comment would also be needed.
Comment 11: Several commenters
expressed uncertainty and requested
clarification as to how the Guidance
would apply to mitigation and
monitoring requirements (e.g., exclusion
zones), often prescribed by the
conditions of an MMPA permit or
authorization.
Response: Mitigation and monitoring
requirements associated with an MMPA
authorization or ESA consultation or
permit are independent management
decisions made in accordance with
statutory and regulatory standards in the
context of a proposed activity and
comprehensive effects analysis, and are
beyond the scope of the Technical
Guidance. NMFS acknowledges that in
practice, exclusion zones and
monitoring zones have often
corresponded to acoustic impact
thresholds, but that is not a legal
requirement, and the updated
thresholds may make such a simple
correlation more challenging, given
their greater complexity. The Technical
Guidance will be used with other
relevant information to inform impact
assessments, and that in turn will be
considered in the development of
mitigation and monitoring.
Peer Review Process
Comment 12: One commenter
expressed concerned about the peer
review process and choice of peer
reviewers, particularly in regards to
potential financial ties to NMFS.
Response: NMFS adhered to
appropriate procedures in the selection
of the peer reviewers to prevent any real
or perceived conflicts of interest. The
Commission, specifically their
Commissioners and members of their
Committee of Scientific Advisors,
nominated the peer reviewers for each
of the three peer reviews. Additionally,
the Acoustical Society of America’s
Underwater Technical Council
nominated some of the peer reviewers
in association with the third peer
review. Each peer reviewer, for all three
reviews, submitted a conflict of interest
form. None of the Technical Guidance’s
reviewers indicated having a conflict of
interest, defined as ‘‘any financial or
other interest which conflicts with the
service of the individual because it (1)
could significantly impair the
individual’s objectivity, or (2) could
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
create an unfair competitive advantage
for any person or organization.’’
Comment 13: Several commenters
expressed concern that the March 2016
Proposed Changes document did not
undergo peer review and believed peer
review would result in significant
changes to the Guidance necessitating
the need for a fourth public comment
period. If NMFS does not conduct a
fourth public comment period, the
commenters advocated that NMFS
retract its March 2016 Proposed
Changes document and proceed with
issuing the July 2015 Draft Guidance
(modified based on public comments
from the first and second public
comment period) as its finalized
Guidance.
Response: The comments are
incorrect. NMFS conducted a follow-up
peer review concurrent with the third
public comment period. NMFS
disagrees with the recommendation to
retract the March 2016 Proposed
Changes document and that a fourth
public comment period is needed based
on comments made by the peer
reviewers during this follow-up review.
The follow-up peer review report is
publicly available via: https://
www.cio.noaa.gov/services_programs/
prplans/ID43.html and was available
before the Guidance was finalized (May
2016).
Comment 14: One commenter
indicated that Guidance should not be
used until NMFS addresses all the peer
reviewers’ comments from its three peer
reviews, and that failing to doing so
would cause the finalized Guidance to
be IQA non-compliant.
Response: NMFS adhered to IQA
procedures and NOAA’s IQG, making
the finalized Technical Guidance IQA
compliant. NMFS received valuable
input from the peer reviewers and made
changes to the Technical Guidance
based on their comments during all
three peer reviews, as well as during the
follow-up review. The peer reviewers’
comments greatly improved the
Technical Guidance before it was
available for public comment during the
initial and second public comment
periods. The manner in which NMFS
addressed the peer reviewers’
comments, from all three peer reviews,
as well as the follow-up review, appear
within our Peer Review Reports: https://
www.cio.noaa.gov/services_programs/
prplans/ID43.html.
Comment 15: A commenter
considered NMFS’ treatment and peer
review of the Finneran Technical
Report, associated with the July 2015
Draft Guidance (Appendix A), as
inconsistent, asserting the Finneran
Technical Report should have been
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
treated similarly to other publications
that did not undergo formal peer review
associated with publication in a
scientific journal. The commenter
questioned why the methodology from
the Finneran and Jenkins (2012)
technical report was not subjected to an
independent peer review by NMFS but
was used in its 2013 Draft Guidance.
Response: NMFS disagrees that there
was an inconsistency in its treatment of
Finneran Technical Report (the
methodology used for Navy’s ‘‘Phase 3’’
environmental compliance analyses in
any of the versions of our Technical
Guidance. NMFS considered Finneran
and Jenkins (2012) in the development
of the 2013 Draft Guidance. However,
that particular technical report served as
a summary of methodology and
previously published data on impacts of
sound on protected species (i.e., it did
not contain any new data). Although
Finneran and Jenkins (2012) was not
published, the portions used directly in
the 2013 Draft Guidance were supported
by peer reviewed publications. A
separate peer review of Finneran and
Jenkins (2012) was neither necessary
nor required under HISA requirements.
For the 2015 Draft Guidance, the
Finneran Technical Report, used to
derive updated marine mammal
auditory weighting functions and
thresholds for the Navy’s Phase 3
analyses, was directly incorporated into
the Guidance via Appendix A. This was
the first time the Finneran Technical
Report was made public, and thus, was
subject to HISA requirements for
inclusion in the Technical Guidance,
including peer review. We also note that
after the July 2015 public comment
period, part of the Finneran Technical
Report, specifically a summary of
available data on noise-induced hearing
loss in marine mammals, was published
in a peer reviewed journal (Finneran et
al., 2015).
Comment 16: Several commenters
expressed concerns over NMFS
adopting the Finneran Technical Report
within the Guidance. One commenter
specifically stated that the Guidance
‘‘effectively results in the US Navy
writing its own regulations’’ and
recommended that the entire Guidance
process be reconvened using a fully
independent panel of experts.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the
commenters’ assessment. The author of
the Finneran Technical Report that was
incorporated into Technical Guidance
(Appendix A) is a well-respected and
recognized scientist with over 50 peer
reviewed publications on marine
mammal hearing and has served on the
Southall et al., 2007 expert panel, as
well as the current Southall panel that
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
is updating their 2007 publication.
Additionally, this methodology
underwent an independent peer review
convened by NMFS and was evaluated
internally within NMFS before it was
incorporated into our Technical
Guidance. NMFS believes the Finneran
Technical Report represents the best
available science, which is why we
incorporated it in the Technical
Guidance.
Comment 17: One commenter
requested that the NMFS share their
original documents and peer reviews
from the first peer review (2013), in
order to facilitate common
understanding as to those aspects of
science related to marine mammal
behavior that may be limiting NMFS’
ability to establish guidance and
promote studies that would address
significant data gaps.
Response: As noted in the first peer
review report (2013), in light of the peer
reviewers’ comments and based upon
internal discussions, NMFS decided to
re-evaluate its proposed methodology
for deriving acoustic thresholds for
behavior and, therefore, included only
thresholds for PTS and TTS onset in the
Draft Technical Guidance (i.e., Draft
2013 and 2015 and 2016 Proposed
Changes public comment versions).
NMFS did not include peer reviewer
comments on proposed behavioral
thresholds in the peer review report
because they were no longer relevant to
the scope of the Draft Guidance
contents. NMFS will publish this
information, if relevant, once we reevaluate our approach for establishing
updated guidance for behavior effects.
updated in the near future and that the
Guidance’s finalization should be
delayed for this publication or NMFS
should commit to updating its Guidance
within six months of the finalization of
the updated Southall et al. (2007)
publication.
Response: NMFS notes that when
these more recent studies become
available, they can be considered and
incorporated into future updates of the
Technical Guidance. NMFS is aware
that Southall et al. (2007) is being
updated. We anticipate that the
methodology in the Technical Guidance
will be similar to that provided in the
updated publication (the author of the
Navy’s Finneran Technical Report is
also on the panel updating Southall et
al., 2007). NMFS will evaluate and
consider the updated Southall et al.
publication when it becomes available
and does not believe delaying the
Technical Guidance is necessary.
Regarding the request to update the
Technical Guidance within six months
of the updated Southall et al. (2007)
publication, NMFS will evaluate the
Southall update and consider next steps
at the time rather than commit to any
timeframe in advance.
Comment 20: One commenter
suggested that the Verboom and
Kastelein’s (2005) unpublished report,
specifically the ‘‘discomfort threshold,’’
be included for consideration in the
Guidance.
Response: NMFS reviewed Verboom
and Kastelein (2005) and concluded the
data are more relevant for consideration
in future behavioral effects guidance.
Use of Published Versus Unpublished
Data
Comment 18: Several commenters
remarked on the use of published and
unpublished literature in the Guidance
and sought clarification regarding the
sources considered in the development
of the Guidance.
Response: Not all data considered in
the development of the Technical
Guidance have been published in a peer
review journal. For the development of
PTS and TTS onset acoustic thresholds
and marine mammal auditory weighting
functions, NMFS primarily relied on
published data. The scientific aspects of
the Technical Guidance underwent
some form of peer review, either via
formal publication in a scientific journal
and/or via the HISA process.
Comment 19: Several commenters
recommended that unpublished
information from more recent scientific
conferences should be considered in the
Guidance. One commenter specifically
indicated Southall et al. (2007) will be
Sound Sources
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
Comment 21: Some commenters
indicated that the Guidance appears to
focus on five sound sources (i.e.,
underwater detonations, seismic
airguns, impact pile drivers, vibratory
pile drivers, and sonar). They
recommended the document consider
other sound sources that have the
potential to result in noise-induced
hearing loss and provide a list of these
potential sources within the Technical
Guidance, so that other sounds sources
are given explicit recognition.
Response: The Technical Guidance
identifies the received levels, or
thresholds, above which individual
marine mammals are predicted to
experience changes in their hearing
sensitivity for acute, incidental
exposure to all underwater
anthropogenic sound sources. NMFS
believes providing a list of all potential
sounds sources within the Technical
Guidance is unnecessary and would
limit the document’s utility (e.g., if there
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51701
was a new source that was not
specifically listed).
Comment 22: Multiple commenters
remarked that the Guidance’s
definitions of ‘‘non-impulsive’’ and
‘‘impulsive’’ sounds are vague (i.e.,
NMFS does not define what is meant by
‘‘high peak sound pressure level’’ or
‘‘rapid rise time’’) and do not objectively
distinguish between these two types of
sound. The commenters recommended
that clear, technical definitions be
included. Further, commenters noted
that impulsive sounds become
increasingly continuous with distance,
due to multipath arrivals and other
factors, and may have continuous
components even at short distances due
to reverberation and requested NMFS
also consider waveform data at the
location of the marine mammal to
categorize sound sources.
Response: The Technical Guidance
relied on defining sound sources based
on previously established definitions
and standards (i.e., American National
Standards Institute (ANSI)). NMFS
categorized sound sources as impulsive
or non-impulsive based on temporal
characteristics of the sound at the
source. The definition of an impulsive
sound source in the Technical Guidance
relates specifically to noise-induced
hearing loss and specifies the physical
characteristics of an impulsive sound
source, which likely gives impulsive
sounds a higher potential to cause
auditory injury than non-impulsive
sounds. Unfortunately, these standards
do not provide quantitative definitions
for terms like ‘‘high’’ peak sound
pressure level and ‘‘rapid’’ rise time,
especially in the context of underwater
sources.
NMFS acknowledges that sound
propagation is complex and the physical
property of sounds change as they travel
through the environment. The July 2015
Draft Guidance proposed a methodology
for examining when impulsive sounds
are less likely to possess the physical
characteristics that make them more
injurious (i.e., peak sound pressure level
and pulse duration). This proposed
methodology underwent an
independent peer review (Guidance’s
third peer review). However, based on
comments received during the public
comment period for the 2015 Draft
Guidance, NMFS decided the proposed
methodology would benefit from by
further research, removed the proposed
methodology from main Guidance
document, and highlighted it in the
Research Recommendations, Appendix
B. Included in the Technical Guidance’s
Research Recommendations is a call to
identify sound characteristics associated
with injury, which may allow for more
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
51702
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
detailed definitions in future iterations
of this Guidance.
Comment 23: One commenter
suggested that the Guidance definition
of impulsive sound sources as those
with signals less than one second in
duration could possibly capture sources
that are not truly impulsive and
recommended that impulsive sources be
defined as those which exceed some
threshold of impulse, defined as ‘‘the
time integral of a force over the time
that the force is applied (ANSI 1994).’’
Another commenter suggested
characterizing impulsive sources based
on metrics which consider rise time,
crest factor, or the signal kurtosis (i.e.,
statistical quantity that represents the
impulsiveness ‘‘peakedness’’ of the
event). A follow-up comment
acknowledged that kurtosis in the time
domain may not be practical and
suggested considering kurtosis in the
frequency domain.
Response: The terms impulsive and
non-impulsive as defined in the
Technical Guidance are based on
several ANSI standards. If action
proponents are unclear which category
their source might fit, they may contact
NMFS for further discussion. NMFS
acknowledges that the additional factors
suggested by the commenters could be
useful for defining source types.
However, these are not currently
commonly used descriptors by action
proponents or those conducting marine
mammal noise-induced hearing loss
studies (i.e., data are not typically
collected and published using these
metrics), and would not be easily
implementable at this time. Additional
metrics can be considered as more data
become available in a broader array of
metrics. A better understanding of
appropriate metrics has been identified
as an area for recommended research in
Appendix B of the Technical Guidance.
In regards to using kurtosis in the
frequency domain, NMFS re-examined
this metric based on the comment
received. However, upon evaluation, it
was determined that this metric is still
not currently practical to implement.
Comment 24: The Commission
recommended that the 2015 Finneran
Technical Report definitions of
impulsive and non-impulsive sounds be
adopted by NMFS and used in all
contexts, including MMPA Level B
behavioral harassment.
Response: The Technical Guidance
definitions of impulsive and nonimpulsive sounds comply with ANSI
definitions and were subject to
independent peer review (third peer
review). These specific definitions were
chosen to capture those physical
characteristics that make a sound more
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
or less injurious in terms of noiseinduced hearing loss. The Technical
Guidance does not address direct
behavioral impacts from sound and so
does not adopt definitions that bear on
behavior. Classification of sound
sources in terms of behavioral
harassment will be examined when we
develop guidance for these types of
impacts.
Comment 25: Multiple commenters
expressed concern that seismic
waterguns produce higher frequency
sounds than seismic airguns and should
not be used to set thresholds for airguns.
Response: NMFS established
Technical Guidance for all impulsive
sounds based on the currently available
data, which may not include every
potential sound source to which a
marine mammal could be exposed.
Watergun data were used to represent
airguns, as well as impact pile driving
for most hearing groups. However it
should be noted that the HF cetacean
TTS onset impulsive thresholds are
derived directly from data obtained
from a harbor porpoise exposed to a
single airgun. Incorporating marine
mammal auditory weighting functions
into exposure models allows for the
consideration that airguns
predominantly produce lower
frequencies compared to waterguns.
Comment 26: A group of commenters
expressed concern the Guidance will
restrict the use of marine vibrators,
which are designed to be more
environmentally friendly by avoiding
the generation of sound in the ‘‘best
hearing’’ range of most marine animals,
and generate a significantly lower
overall sound pressure level throughout
the frequency band relative to seismic
airguns.
Response: The Technical Guidance
does not restrict or allow any activity.
It sets out science-based thresholds for
the onset of auditory impacts based on
our evaluation and synthesis of
available data. Decisions about various
sound-generating activities are outside
the scope of the Technical Guidance.
Comment 27: A commenter noted that
when considering sound source
characterization, recording equipment
can be limited in bandwidth and
dynamic range (i.e., equipment may not
be able to accurately characterize the
sound source).
Response: NMFS agrees that fully
characterizing the complete spectrum of
a sound source, within the hearing
ranges of marine mammals, is essential
to accurately assess potential impacts,
as is ensuring that sources meet
manufacturer specifications (i.e.,
sometimes sources are capable of
producing sounds outside their
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
specified bands, which have the
potential to fall within the hearing range
of marine mammals; Deng et al., 2014;
Hastie et al., 2014). This factor is
important in considering the potential
of a sound source to impact a specific
hearing group, and text addressing this
point has been added to the Technical
Guidance.
Comment 28: One commenter
remarked that the Guidance was unclear
whether NMFS will require sound
source verification (SSV), associated
with the application of the Guidance’s
acoustic thresholds. The comment noted
that conducting a SSV poses a
complicated and unnecessary burden on
operations because the results are highly
variable due to constantly changing
conditions in the environment.
Response: The Technical Guidance
does not impose any such requirements.
NMFS has added text to the
introduction of the Technical Guidance
to clarify this point.
Metrics
Comment 29: One commenter
recommended additional clarification
on various sound metrics to prevent
confusion between the peak sound
pressure level (PK) used in the current
Guidance and maximum RMS SPL used
to describe prior NMFS thresholds.
Response: NMFS agrees and added
clarification to the Technical Guidance
to distinguish between metrics used in
this document and those associated
with previous thresholds, as well as
including definitions of these metrics in
the Glossary (Appendix E).
Comment 30: One commenter
requested clarity on the definition of
‘‘peak pressure’’ used in the Guidance,
which the commenter assumes to be the
equivalent of a ‘‘zero-to-peak’’ value.
This commenter further indicated that
the Guidance has been inconsistent in
converting between ‘‘peak-to-peak’’ and
RMS values to ‘‘zero-to-peak’’ values.
Response: NMFS has defined peak
sound pressure level in the Glossary
(Appendix E) and has clarified the
definition in the Technical Guidance to
indicate a zero-to-peak value. NOAA
disagrees that there are inconsistencies
in the Technical Guidance because there
have been no conversions made
between zero-to-peak and peak-to-peak
sound pressure levels or from RMS
sound pressure to any other metric
anywhere in this document.
Comment 31: To match what was
provided in the Finneran Technical
Report (Appendix A of July 2015 Draft
Guidance), the Commission and some
other commenters recommended that
NMFS only provide dual metrics for
PTS onset for impulsive sources (i.e.,
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
remove peak pressure metric threshold
for non-impulsive sources). Conversely,
a commenter was not supportive of
removing the peak pressure thresholds
for non-impulsive sources, as was
suggested in the 2016 Proposed Changes
document. Finally, there was some
confusion as to how and when the PK
threshold needs to be considered based
on the updates in the 2016 Proposed
Changes document.
Response: Upon further evaluation,
NMFS agrees and has removed the PK
thresholds for non-impulsive source in
the Technical Guidance, since it is
highly unlikely that the dominant
metric for non-impulsive sources will be
the peak sound pressure level. However,
the Technical Guidance caveats that if a
non-impulsive sound has the potential
of exceeding the PK threshold
associated with impulsive sources, these
thresholds should still be considered.
Thus, in the Technical Guidance, there
remain dual criteria associated with
impulsive sources (i.e., applicant should
consider whichever threshold results in
the largest effect distance (isopleth)).
Comment 32: A few commenters
remarked SELcum is not a standardized
acoustic notation and that the Guidance
should adhere to existing standards in
terms of terminology, definitions,
symbols, and acronyms in order to
promote clarity and reduce confusion. It
was also recommended that NMFS work
with standards-setting bodies to develop
a consistent system of notation for
marine bioacoustics applications (e.g.,
ANSI or International Organization for
Standardization (ISO)).
Response: NMFS acknowledges that
neither the 2013 nor the 2015 Draft
Guidance documents consistently used
notations complying with available
standards. The final Technical Guidance
has been revised to better reflect ANSI
standards (e.g., terminology,
abbreviation, and symbols). Further,
NMFS is aware of the work of ISO
18405 to develop standards specifically
for underwater acoustics and will reevaluate the Guidance’s notations in
future updates once the ISO work
becomes finalized.
Comment 33: One commenter noted
an inconsistency in the Guidance with
both PK and SELcum acoustic thresholds
being derived from the same study. The
commenter noted that if the energy from
a transmission does not cause an impact
at a given frequency because of an
animal’s reduced sensitivity (or
capability) to hear that signal, then the
ability to be impacted by the PK should
also be reduced for that frequency.
Response: NMFS does not agree there
is an inconsistency in how data were
assessed. Data from Lucke et al. (2009)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
were used to derive both thresholds for
HF cetaceans exposed to impulsive
sources. For MF cetaceans, both
thresholds come from belugas exposed
to waterguns (Finneran et al., 2002). For
both the Lucke et al. (2009) and
Finneran et al. (2002) study, TTS onset
was recorded in multiple metrics, with
two of these metrics (i.e., PK and
SELcum) directly used in the Technical
Guidance. NMFS disagrees that auditory
weighting functions are appropriate for
use with the PK metric, as direct
mechanical damage associated with
sounds having high peak sound
pressures typically does not strictly
reflect the frequencies an individual
species hears best (i.e., why PK
thresholds should be considered
unweighted/flat-weighted within the
entire frequency band of a hearing
group).
Comment 34: Multiple commenters
noted that the SELcum metric within the
Guidance is used under the assumption
that a low amplitude/long signal having
an equal SELcum, as a high amplitude/
short signal, will have the same effects
on the auditory system (i.e., the Equal
Energy Hypothesis (EEH)). A commenter
further stated that the EEH may be
correct in certain conditions, but that an
increasing body of evidence indicates
that the EEH does not hold true for most
marine mammal sound exposures. It
was suggested that as more data become
available, NMFS should perform more
analyses to determine what model or
equation best fits the EEH and revise the
acoustic thresholds to more accurately
reflect the potential for TTS changes
with duration and amplitude.
Response: NMFS agrees that EEH may
not be valid for all exposure situations.
However, the Technical Guidance
provides acoustic thresholds in the
SELcum metric, based on the belief that
the EEH is the best means of
incorporating this metric (also
recommended by Southall et al., 2007).
NMFS maintains that despite the
shortcomings, having a metric that
includes the duration of exposure is
critical for predicting effects of noise on
marine mammal hearing. The evaluation
of appropriate metrics and EEH has
specifically been identified as an area
where more research is needed
(Guidance Appendix B).
Comment 35: One commenter
indicated since ‘‘SEL’’ is the
accumulated acoustic energy in a signal
and cumulative by definition, whether
calculated over one second or a single
pulse event, the Guidance’s use of
‘‘SELcum’’ to describe cumulative sound
exposure is unnecessary. The
commenter suggested NMFS should
simply use the abbreviation ‘‘SEL’’.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51703
Response: NMFS agrees that the SEL
implies accumulation. The ANSI
definition indicates that accumulation
occurs over a stated time interval, which
is typically referenced to one second. In
order to clarify that the duration of
accumulation in the Guidance is not one
second (i.e., 24 hours), NMFS chose to
use the notation SELcum.
Use of Data From Captive Marine
Mammals
Comment 36: Multiple commenters
indicated that the use of data from
captive individuals was a poor proxy
(e.g., over-estimate TTS onset or hearing
thresholds, may be habituated or have
different survival tactics) for their freeranging counterparts and suggested that
data from captive bottlenose dolphins
be adjusted to be more representative.
Response: NMFS acknowledges that
captive individuals may be habituated
to their test environment, making them
less than ideal proxies for their freeranging counterparts for studying
behavioral reactions to noise. However,
we believe habituation has minimal
effects on testing auditory capabilities
and the impacts of noise on hearing,
which is the focus of this Technical
Guidance.
For example, NMFS notes that data
from Castellote et al. (2014), from freeranging belugas in Alaska, indicate of
the seven healthy individuals tested (3
females/4 males; 1 subadult/6 adults),
all had hearing abilities ‘‘similar to
those of belugas measured in zoological
settings.’’ Thus, from this one study, it
appears that for baseline hearing
measurements, captive individuals
might be an appropriate surrogate for
free-ranging animals. However, this is
currently the only study of its kind, and
more research is needed to examine if
this trend applies to other species (see
Appendix B: Research
Recommendations).
NMFS also finds an adjustment to
bottlenose dolphin data is unnecessary.
The Technical Guidance methodology
for deriving marine mammal auditory
weighting functions incorporates data
from a multitude of species (∼20
species), beyond just bottlenose
dolphins, and is considered
representative based on the best
available science.
Comment 37: Several commenters
expressed concern over the ages of
many of the captive individuals used in
TTS studies as not being representative
(e.g., thresholds obtained from younger
bottlenose dolphin in Johnson 1968 are
on average 10 dB lower than from older
individuals) and considers them sources
of uncertainty. Many commenters
suggested that data from older
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
51704
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
individuals should either be adjusted or
excluded from consideration.
Response: NMFS disagrees that data
from older individuals needs to be
excluded or adjusted and notes that
Houser and Finneran (2006) did a
comprehensive study on the hearing
sensitivity of the Navy bottlenose
dolphin population (i.e., tested 42
individuals from age 4 to 47 years; 28
males/14 females) and found that highfrequency hearing loss typically began
between the ages of 20 and 30 years. For
example, at frequencies where this
species is most susceptible to noiseinduced hearing loss (i.e., 10 to 30
kilohertz (kHz)), these are the
frequencies where there is the lowest
variability in mean thresholds between
individuals of different ages.
Additionally, for harbor seals, similar
levels of TTS onset were found in
Kastelein et al. (2012a) for individuals
of 4 to 5 years of age compared to the
individual from in Kastak et al. (2005),
which was 14 years old. For belugas
similar levels of TTS were measured in
Popov et al. (2014) for an individual 2
years old compared to those used in
Schlundt et al. (2000), which were 20 to
22 years old or 29 to 31 years old.
Further, Houser and Finneran 2006
attribute the lower thresholds recorded
by the individual from Johnson (1968)
to differences in methodology (i.e.,
Johnson (1968) used behavioral protocol
to test hearing versus
electrophysiological methodology by
Houser and Finneran (2006)). The
Technical Guidance relies primarily on
behavioral data associated with hearing
and threshold shift measurements, as
opposed to those obtained via other
means (e.g., auditory evoked potentials
(AEP)) because we consider these data
to be most representative of hearing
ability and noise-induced hearing loss,
which further eliminates the need for
any adjustment.
Comment 38: One commenter
indicated that studies show that marine
mammals tend to avoid disruptive
sound sources, which could
significantly diminish the potential for
noise-induced hearing loss. Therefore,
the commenter suggests that the data
collected in laboratory experiments are
likely to result in overestimates of
exposure because the subjects are
exposed to longer and louder sounds
than they would be in the natural
environment.
Response: NMFS agrees that when
considering exposure durations for
animals under realistic exposure
conditions, generally, it is predicted that
most individuals will only be in the
closest ranges to a sound source/activity
for a minimal amount of time (e.g.,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
animals are capable of moving
horizontally and vertically in the water
column to reduce exposure, and/or
individuals are exposed to mobile
sources). Thus, using laboratory data
from animals exposed to unusually
long, continuous durations of sound
(i.e., animals cannot leave exposure
scenario and the level during exposure
remains constant) may not best reflect
scenarios expected to be encountered by
wild individuals, when exposed to
sound over long periods of time.
However, measurements of TTS from
laboratory studies are the only data
currently available, and they remain
informative regarding sound exposure
that may impact marine mammal
hearing. Appendix B of the Guidance
recommends future TTS studies to
address exposures animals are likely to
receive in the natural environment and
provide more representative results.
Marine Mammal Hearing Ranges
Comment 39: One commenter noted
that the establishment of hearing groups
is fundamentally flawed because it is
based on the assumption that similar
exposures will result in similar effects
in all group members. The commenter
believes it is important to consider
species differences in behavior (e.g.,
movement away from the noise source)
when calculating cumulative exposure
associated with PTS onset.
Response: NMFS agrees that marine
mammal behavioral responses could
result in differences in noise exposures
and accumulation scenarios (i.e.,
SELcum). However, NMFS disagrees that
such responses necessarily indicate that
hearing physiology is dissimilar or that
levels causing noise-induced threshold
shifts are dissimilar between species
within a hearing group. Further,
differences in behavioral responses to
sound will be considered in the
development of behavioral effects
thresholds.
Comment 40: One commenter
indicated that the method for
determining the limits of the functional
hearing ranges was not clearly indicated
in the Guidance and suggests that NMFS
should indicate how the limits were
obtained for each group. Another
commenter indicated that the term
‘‘functional hearing range’’ is intended
to convey the range over which the
majority of the species’ hearing ability is
found. However, there are at least two
examples of a species’ ability to hear a
signal outside its functional hearing
range (i.e., false killer whale and Risso’s
dolphin (Au et al., 1997)).
Response: Based on the revised
methodology for establishing marine
mammal auditory weighting functions
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
(Appendix A), NMFS has replaced the
concept of functional hearing range with
the establishment of what the Technical
Guidance terms ‘‘generalized hearing
range’’ for each hearing group. The latter
is recommended for consideration
associated with flat weighting for PK
thresholds and when determining
general risk of auditory impacts from
noise. The generalized hearing ranges
were chosen based on the approximate
65 dB threshold from the normalized
composite audiogram. NMFS believes
that outside the generalized hearing
range, the risk of auditory impacts from
sounds (i.e., TTS or PTS) is considered
to be either zero or very low (the
exception would be if a sound above/
below this range was determined to
have the potential to cause physical
injury, i.e., lung or gastrointestinal tract
injury from explosives) and added
additional information to clarify this in
the Technical Guidance.
NMFS is aware of the Au et al. (1997)
paper, which examines the effect of the
75 Hz acoustic thermometry of ocean
climate (ATOC) signal on hearing
sensitivity of a single false killer whale
and single Risso’s dolphin, both midfrequency (MF) cetaceans. Hearing
thresholds for both species, from this
study, were 139 dB or higher (false
killer whale: Thomas et al., 1988;
Risso’s dolphin: Nachtigall et al., 1995).
Thus, this ATOC signal is considered
beyond the generalized hearing range of
MF cetaceans.
Comment 41: Several commenters
questioned the justification used to
support the PW and OW pinnipeds’
upper hearing limit in the Technical
Guidance. The commenters noted that
newer studies have consistently shown
that 75 kHz is a more reasonable upper
cutoff for PW pinnipeds underwater.
These commenters recommended that
NMFS choose the median value, not the
most conservative value, for the PW
pinniped upper hearing range limit. For
OW pinnipeds, the 2013 Draft Guidance
does not clearly explain why 40 kHz
was selected as a high-frequency cut-off
for OW pinnipeds instead of 50 kHz
reported in Finneran and Jenkins (2012).
Response: As indicated in the
previous comment/response, NMFS has
provided generalized hearing ranges by
marine mammal hearing group. The
generalized hearing ranges are
supported by available pinniped
audiogram data that were used to derive
the composite audiogram for this group
(Terhune 1988; Kastak and Schusterman
1999; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth
et al., 2013; Sills et al., 2014; and Sills
et al., 2015). The generalized frequency
ranges are intended to be broad enough
to encompass the hearing range of the
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
entire hearing group (i.e., choice of
using 65 dB threshold compared to 60
dB threshold typically used to define
human and other terrestrial mammal
hearing ranges). Thus, NMFS disagrees
that using a median is preferred. For PW
and OW pinnipeds, the upper range
based in the finalized Technical
Guidance is 86 kHz and 39 kHz,
respectively.
Comment 42: One commenter noted
that current ESA and MMPA analyses
are based on data collected while
monitoring previous activities, with
little of that data having been analyzed
by hearing group. The commenter
suggested that until more data are
available, it will be difficult to find data
upon which to base the analyses.
Response: NMFS disagrees that it will
be difficult to complete analyses and
believes that hearing group data and
marine mammal auditory weighting
functions provided in the Technical
Guidance are based on the best available
science and can be applied to any
source. Additionally, the Technical
Guidance states that the application of
marine mammal auditory weighting
functions should be completed after
data collection (i.e., auditory weighting
functions should not be applied
beforehand), with the total spectrum of
sound preserved for later analysis (i.e.,
if weighting functions are updated or if
there is interest in additional species,
data can still be used).
General Auditory Weighting Functions
Comment 43: NMFS’ exclusion of
AEP data in establishing marine
mammal composite audiograms and
auditory weighting functions was
criticized by several commenters. These
commenters noted that by including
AEP datasets, the statistical power of the
assessment would be improved.
Response: In deriving marine
mammal composite audiograms, NMFS
established an informal data hierarchy
in terms of assessing these types of data.
Specifically, audiograms obtained via
behavioral methodology provide the
most representative presentation (most
sensitive) on hearing ability, followed
by AEP data, lastly by mathematical
models for species where no data are
available (i.e., low-frequency or LF
cetaceans). Thus, the highest quality
data available for a specific hearing
group should be used, which for all
hearing groups, except LF cetaceans, is
behavioral. Additional clarifying text on
this informal data hierarchy has been
provided in the Technical Guidance.
It also should be noted that marine
mammal AEP audiograms have been
based almost exclusively on
measurements of the auditory brainstem
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
response, and thus do not take into
account contributions to hearing from
higher centers of the brain and auditory
nervous system, and no means have
been established for ‘‘correcting’’ AEP
data so that they may be more
comparable to those obtained via
behavioral methods. AEP thresholds are
typically elevated compared to
behavioral thresholds in a frequencydependent manner, especially at lower
frequencies (e.g., Szymanski et al., 1999;
Yuen et al., 2005; Houser and Finneran
2006); therefore including the lowfrequency AEP data in the composite
audiogram would cause an artificial
increase in audiogram low-frequency
slope and cause the resulting weighting
function to be more narrow at low
frequencies.
Despite not directly including AEP
audiograms in the development of a
hearing groups’ composite audiogram,
these data were evaluated to ensure
species were placed within the
appropriate hearing group and to ensure
that a species for which only AEP data
were available were within the bounds
of the composite audiogram for that
hearing group. Further, AEP TTS data
are presented within the Guidance for
comparative purposes alongside TTS
data collected by behavioral methods
illustrating that the AEP TTS data are
within the bounds (the majority of the
time above) of those collected by
behavioral methods (i.e., Figures A18
and A19).
Comment 44: One commenter
remarked that the Guidance may change
as improved information becomes
available, which means that auditory
weighting functions may also change.
The commenter suggested that NMFS
develop a mechanism for allowing
updates until a widely-accepted
weighting procedure for marine
mammals is standardized by expert
consensus (e.g., through the ANSI or
ISO standardization processes).
Response: NMFS agrees that as
additional data become available, the
auditory weighting functions, among
other factors, may require modification.
For that reason, NMFS has added
specifications to the Technical
Guidance indicating that auditory
weighting functions should be applied
after data are collected (i.e., during data
collection, the complete spectrum of
sound should be collected) to ensure
they are available for re-analysis if
updated weighting functions become
available. The Technical Guidance also
establishes protocols for evaluating new
data and updating the document.
Comment 45: Multiple commenters
noted that each of Guidance’s hearing
groups contains species whose sound
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51705
production and regions of best hearing
sensitivity do not overlap to a high
degree. A few commenters further
added that applying results from one or
two aging bottlenose dolphins to all
members of a hearing group is
inadequate.
Response: The auditory weighting
functions are meant to assess risk of
noise-induced hearing loss and not
necessarily encompass the entire range
of best hearing for every species within
the hearing group. NMFS’ use of
auditory weighting functions is
consistent with how weighting
functions are used in human noise
standards, which is to assess the overall
hazard of noise on hearing. Specifically,
the human auditory weighting function
provides a ‘‘rating that indicates the
injurious effects of noise on human
hearing’’ (OSHA 2013). While these
weighting functions are based on
regions of equal loudness and best
hearing, they are meant to reflect the
susceptibility of the ear to noiseinduced threshold shifts, and as such,
the region of enhanced susceptibility to
noise exposure may not perfectly mirror
a species’ region of best hearing (e.g.,
TTS data from bottlenose dolphin,
belugas, and Yangtze finless porpoise
support this).
Further, updated methodology in the
July 2015 revised Draft Guidance used
composite audiograms based on
multiple species to derive marine
mammal auditory weighting functions.
Thus, data from more than just
bottlenose dolphins were used to derive
these functions (i.e., MF cetacean
composite audiograms are derived using
data from eight different species).
As for how animal age could impact
hearing susceptibility, please see
Response to Comment 37.
Comment 46: Multiple commenters
expressed concern that the Guidance’s
marine mammal auditory weighting
functions are invalid, since they are
based on assumptions that have not
been subject to uncertainty analysis for
frequencies below 3 kHz.
Response: NMFS disagrees that there
is greater uncertainty for frequencies
below 3 kHz, since audiogram data were
collected for frequencies below 3 kHz
for a multitude of species in the MF and
HF cetacean and PW and OW pinniped
hearing groups (e.g., see Figure A5 in
Technical Guidance). Further, lowfrequency data from the composite
audiogram is used to directly determine
the slope of the weighting function.
Comment 47: A commenter requested
clarification on what NMFS intended by
the term ‘‘smaller isopleth’’ in
discussing the effects marine mammal
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
51706
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
auditory weighting functions have on
exposure modeling results.
Response: The Technical Guidance
thresholds associated with a hearing
group themselves do not change
depending on how much a sound may
overlap a group’s most susceptible
frequency range. Instead, how weighting
functions affect exposure modeling/
analysis is related to the size of the
isopleth (area) associated with the
threshold based on how susceptible that
particular hearing group is to the
particular sound being modeled. For
example, a hearing group could have
different size isopleths associated with
the same threshold, if one sound was
within its most susceptible frequency
range and the other was not (i.e., sound
in the most susceptible hearing range
will result in larger isopleth compared
to sound outside the most susceptible
hearing range). We have provided
additional text in the Technical
Guidance to clarify this concept.
Comment 48: One commenter
expressed concern as to the practicality
of obtaining and maintaining modeled
sound field results for broadband
sources (e.g., airguns or impact pile
drivers) in order for weighting functions
(current or revised) to be applied at a
later date.
Response: The Technical Guidance
recommends that marine mammal
auditory weighting functions be applied
after sound field measurements have
been obtained (i.e., post-processing;
auditory weighting functions should not
be applied beforehand), with the total
spectrum of sound preserved for later
analysis (i.e., if weighting functions are
updated or if there is interest in
additional species, data can still be
used). This recommendation applies to
actual field measurements and not
modeling results. The final Technical
Guidance includes additional text to
clarify this point.
Uncertainty and Statistical Analyses
Associated With Auditory Weighting
Functions
Comment 49: Several commenters
expressed concern about uncertainty in
the development of the marine mammal
auditory weighting functions and
acoustic thresholds, especially because
of the reliance on mean and median
values without reporting variation (i.e.,
methodology does not account for
variability/confidence intervals
associated with small sample sizes).
Alternative methodologies to account
for uncertainty were suggested for
consideration (e.g., inverse Bayesian
formulations with Markov-chain Monte
Carlo and Metropolis-Hastings sampling
methods; Wright 2015; Potential
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
Biological Removal (PBR); human noise
standards (NIOSH 1998)).
Further, Wright (2015) claimed that
inconsistencies within the methodology
used to establish the auditory weighting
functions and acoustic thresholds
contributed to uncertainty; namely, that:
(a) The hearing threshold (audiogram)to-TTS onset component, on a per
individual basis, is neglected
(recommends calculating audiogram-toTTS onset for each individual); (b) it is
inappropriate for non-adjusted (nonnormalized) TTS onset data points for
individuals to be fit to composite
audiograms; and (c) there is a
discrepancy between the frequency of
best sensitivity for the composite
audiogram and exposure function,
which results in the weighting/exposure
function gain parameters (i.e.,
parameters ‘‘K’’ and ‘‘C’’)
underestimating TTS onset.
Finally, it was requested that NMFS
(1) provide the underlying data used to
derive the weighting functions so that
uncertainty and statistical analyses can
be evaluated by those outside NMFS
and (2) delay the Guidance’s finalization
until this outside process can be
completed.
Response: NMFS acknowledges the
small sample size associated with the
available marine mammal data used to
derive weighting functions and
thresholds presents challenges.
However, the Technical Guidance’s
methodology is designed to predict the
mostly likely (realistic) outcome using
the central tendencies (means/median)
associated with the best available
science. The intent is not to predict the
worst-case-scenario by relying on the
lowest limits for every possible step in
the methodology (i.e., Technical
Guidance is for accurately predicting
exposures and not for establishing ‘‘safe
limits,’’ where there is limited to no
risk). Despite not using statistical
methodology to report variability,
Appendix A provides the full suite of
available data for consideration and
comparison to the values used in the
Technical Guidance (e.g., Figures A5
and A6 for audiogram data and Figures
A18–A20 for TTS data). With respect to
data used to derive composite
audiograms, auditory thresholds are
typically defined by the 50 percent
detection threshold (ANSI 2009), and
equal loudness contours used to derive
human weighting functions are derived
using averages (e.g., Fletcher and
Munson 1933), as opposed to relying on
the lowest value (i.e., there is a
precedence for using medians/means).
Additionally, it is important to
remember that the derived weighting
functions are based on more than the
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
just the composite audiogram (i.e., the
audiogram shapes are adjusted to best fit
the existing TTS data) resulting in a
function that is always broader than the
composite audiogram (e.g., Figure A17).
Human noise risk assessments
(NIOSH 1998) are not equivalent (or
applicable) to thresholds provided in
the Technical Guidance, since they are
used to predict hearing loss based on a
daily 8-h exposure over 40 years (i.e.,
current marine mammal TTS are only
available to predict exposure periods of
24 h or less and cannot be used to assess
or predict risk associated with a lifetime
of exposure; See Response to Comment
79) and are based on larger sample sizes
of human listeners (e.g., NIOSH 1972
and 1997 risk assessments were based
on a sample size of 1,172 people). As
pointed out in Wright 2015, NIOSH
criteria provide a 95 percent confidence
interval for their human noise standards
but also allows for an excess risk of
material hearing impairment, defined as
an average threshold elevation for both
ears that exceeds 25 dB, of eight percent
(i.e., human noise standards limits do
allow for some risk; risk is not zero
percent and specifically that eight
percent of the population is still capable
of developing noise-induced hearing
loss exceeding 25 dB when exposed to
the 85 dB NIOSH level). For how the
Technical Guidance’s TTS thresholds
encompass available data, see Response
to Comment 72 and Appendix A,
Figures A18–A20, which provide all
available marine mammal TTS data
collected via both behavioral and AEP
techniques). Additionally, methodology
associated with the calculation of PBR
(i.e., use of twentieth percentile) was
based on simulations specific to a
particular dataset (Wade 1998) and is
not applicable to the Technical
Guidance.
With respect to specific comments
made in Wright (2015), NMFS disagrees
there are inconsistencies in the
methodology in the Technical
Guidance. Specifically related to the
assertion in part (a) of the comment that
NMFS neglected the hearing threshold
(audiogram)-to-TTS onset component:
In re-examining available data sets, in
terms of offset between hearing
threshold and TTS onset, only six
individuals (three MF cetacean, one OW
pinniped, and two PW pinnipeds) have
measurements available for both hearing
threshold and TTS onset. Differences in
TTS onset at frequency of best hearing
(from the exposure function) and
threshold at frequency of best hearing
(from the composite audiogram) are
reflected by hearing group in the
Technical Guidance in Table A7
(Appendix A, ‘‘Difference’’ column).
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
Unfortunately, comparisons between the
difference hearing thresholds and TTS
onset from the same individual to
differences depicted in Table A7 are
difficult, since none of the individual
TTS data occur in the frequency of best
hearing. However, TTS onset (SELcum
metric) predicted from the exposure
function is within 1 dB or lower
compared to TTS onset based on these
five individuals. Further, this specific
recommendation from Wright (2015), to
consider data from individual
audiograms, counters other
recommendations made elsewhere in
that paper that data from the same
species should be considered correlated
and combined to reduce issues
associated pseudoreplication (See
Response to Comments 53).
As for non-adjusted TTS data points
being fit to normalized composite
audiograms (point b), the Guidance’s
methodology examines the best fit of
TTS data points to both original (nonnormalized) and normalized composite
audiogram data to establish the ‘‘delta
T’’ parameter (i.e., both non-normalized
and normalized data are used to derive
delta T). Additionally, the ‘‘K’’
parameter is derived using the original
(non-normalized) audiogram data and is
defined to minimize the square error
between the exposure function and TTS
data for each hearing group.
As to point (c), NMFS acknowledges
that there is a shift (discrepancy) in
frequency between the best sensitivity
in terms of the composite audiogram
and resulting exposure function for a
hearing group, but disagrees that this
leads to an underestimation of TTS
onset. Any difference in minimum value
between the exposure function and
audiogram is an outcome of the fitting
process used to fit the exposure function
to the available TTS data, and thus,
reflects the underlying TTS data. This
shift in minimal value results in an
identical (PW and OW pinnipeds) or
lower TTS onset threshold (MF and HF
cetaceans) than predicted by
considering the composite audiogram
alone (See Table A7 vs. A8 in Technical
Guidance). Further, the ‘‘C’’ parameter
results in a minimal adjustment to the
final TTS onset threshold (maximum 1
dB; See Table A8 in Appendix A).
Finally, NMFS believes it is
unnecessary to provide underlying
datasets associated with the Technical
Guidance and delay publication, since
the majority of the underlying data
(with a few exceptions) are published
and freely available.
Comment 50: Commenters indicated
that sound reception is an essential
ability of marine mammals, particularly
cetaceans, for survival, and these
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
commenters, citing Nowacek et al.
(2007), indicated that PTS can lead in
many cases to mortality of individuals
which may have serious consequences
for the survival of populations.
Response: NMFS agrees that the
ability to accurately interpret the
surrounding environment via hearing is
essential for marine mammals.
However, NMFS’ review of Nowacek et
al. (2007) as well as all other available
information did not locate any
statements that PTS can result in
mortality.
Comment 51: Some commenters
recommended that audiograms from
individuals of the same species should
be treated as correlated in the
determination of composite audiograms.
Further, in order to determine a
conservative representative sensitivity
for each hearing group, the highest
measured sensitivity, lowest threshold
(behavioral or AEP), per frequency per
species should be assessed. Commenters
indicated that this would be a more
cautionary approach than relying on the
mean.
Response: NMFS does not disagree
that audiograms from individuals of the
same species may be correlated but
disagrees with the recommendation to
collapse available audiograms, so that
there is only one per species. Employing
this recommendation would further
reduce already limited data sets (see
Response to Comment 53 regarding
pseudoreplication recommending a
similar procedure and similar issue with
data limitations) For NMFS’ response
relating to the use of AEP data, see
Response to Comment 43, and for our
response regarding relying on the lowest
threshold, see Response to Comment 49.
NMFS believes that the Guidance’s
current approach maximizes the use of
the best available science.
That said, based on this comment,
NMFS re-evaluated AEP data available
for consideration in the development of
composite audiograms. The inclusion of
AEP resulted in only minimal changes
to the composite audiogram (i.e.,
majority of AEP audiogram data had
equal, if not higher thresholds, than
those collected by behavioral methods,
which would only result in a less
conservative composite audiogram).
Comment 52: Based on Wright 2015,
commenters recommended that NMFS
develop marine mammal auditory
weighting functions based on envelope
functions, which incorporate all
available audiogram points.
Additionally, these same commenters
objected to NMFS’ comparison between
the Guidance’s weighting functions and
inverted audiograms (i.e., Guidance’s
weighting functions are broader than
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51707
inverted audiograms that have been
suggested). The commenters stressed
that inverted audiograms have only
been recommended for individual
species and not entire hearing groups.
Response: NMFS disagrees with this
recommendation (See Response to
Comment 49). As far as comparing the
Technical Guidance’s weighting
functions to inverted audiograms,
NMFS agrees that the comparison to
inverse audiograms may not have been
applicable and removed it from the
Technical Guidance. Nevertheless, the
point that the Technical Guidance
auditory weighting functions are
broader than the corresponding hearing
group’s composite audiogram, as well as
any audiogram associated with an
individual species, is still valid.
Comment 53: Pseudoreplication was
highlighted as a significant deficiency of
the Guidance by several commenters. It
was recommended that NMFS evaluate
TTS on a species-by-species basis,
rather than on an individual basis.
Response: NMFS understands the
concerns regarding pseudoreplication.
However, marine mammal hearing and
noise-induced hearing loss data are
limited, not only in the number of
species but also in the number of
individuals available. Unfortunately,
any means of minimizing
pseudoreplication would further reduce
these already limited data sets.
Specifically, with marine mammal
behavioral TTS studies, behaviorallyderived data are only available for two
MF cetacean species (i.e., bottlenose
dolphin, beluga) and two PW pinniped
species (i.e., harbor seal and northern
elephant seal), with OW pinnipeds and
HF cetaceans only having behaviorallyderived data from one species. Thus,
NMFS believes that the current
approach makes the best use of the
given data (See Response to Comment
72 for more information on the
inclusion of available TTS data).
Appropriate means of reducing
pseudoreplication may be considered in
the future, if more data become
available.
Comment 54: Several commenters
requested that a list of data gaps and
research recommendations should be
included in the Guidance to inform
funding groups and the research
community of critical data needs.
Response: NMFS agrees and has
identified several data gaps and added
a Research Recommendations Appendix
(B) to the Technical Guidance.
Low-Frequency Cetacean Hearing and
Auditory Weighting Functions
Comment 55: Several commenters
questioned the justification for
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
51708
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
expanding the upper hearing limit of LF
cetaceans beyond that proposed in
Southall et al. (2007) in the 2013 Draft
Guidance (i.e., 22 kHz to 30 kHz).
Response: NMFS has replaced the use
of functional hearing range with
generalized hearing range, which is
derived based upon more consistent
methodology (See Response to
Comment 40).
Comment 56: One commenter
indicated that recent data suggest that
within the LF cetacean hearing group,
new divisions are appropriate to
consider (e.g., Ultra Low: blue and fin
whales; Low: bowhead and right
whales; Low to Mid: humpback and
gray whales; and Mid: minke whale
groups).
Response: NMFS acknowledges that
as more data become available, marine
mammal hearing ranges may warrant
modification, or that it may be
appropriate to divide LF cetaceans into
subdivisions. However, NMFS does not
believe there currently are enough data
to support further LF cetacean divisions
and subsequent auditory weighting
functions, especially since so little
direct information on hearing is
available for this hearing group.
Comment 57: Several commenters
questioned the sufficiency of data to
support the LF cetacean auditory
weighting function provided in various
versions of the Draft Guidance. Some
recommended using the M-weighting
function provided by Southall et al.
(2007) until more data could be
collected or developing a LF cetacean
weighting function based on the known
low-frequency vocal range of this
hearing group, ensuring that the
weighting function encompasses ultralow-frequencies (i.e., <30 Hz) used by
blue and fin whales. One commenter
further suggested that the LF cetacean
weighting function be flat down to 0 Hz
to ensure low-frequency sound does not
compromise critical communication
signals.
Counter to those recommendations,
other commenters expressed concern
that the low-frequency slope parameter
(‘‘a’’ parameter) of the LF weighting
function (i.e., 20 dB/decade) was not
scientifically supportable and should be
more reflective of mammalian data (30
to 40 dB/decade). Furthermore, the
selection of this parameter was
criticized because it resulted in an
exposure function that predicts an
unrealistically low-frequency hearing
(80 dB threshold above best hearing
occurring well below 1 Hz; e.g., only a
¥26 dB weighting function amplitude
at 10 Hz), which is not reflective of what
is known about other low-frequency
specialist mammals, like humans and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
kangaroo rats. Additionally, these same
commenters commended NMFS for not
using vocalizations, especially
frequencies associated with blue and fin
whales, as a direct means for deriving
the LF cetacean predicted audiogram.
Finally, NMFS received a comment
from a group of subject matter experts
offering information on ambient noise
levels below 2 kHz from Clark and
Ellison (2004) as additional scientific
justification for the LF cetacean
weighting function contained in the
March 2016 Proposed Changes.
Response: NMFS acknowledges the
limited data predicting LF cetacean
hearing sensitivity but disagrees that
utilizing the M-weighting functions
from Southall et al. (2007) or creating a
weighting function that is flat to 0 Hz
reflects the best available science. Via
the Technical Guidance public
comment and peer review processes,
NMFS determined that the methodology
in the March 2016 Proposed Changes
document best reflects the currently
available data for deriving marine
mammal auditory weighting/exposure
functions, including those methods to
derive surrogate parameters for LF
cetaceans.
Regarding the appropriateness of
using vocal range to establish weighting
functions, see Response to Comment 45.
As for the frequencies used by fin and
blue whales, NMFS acknowledges that
the weighting function amplitude is
>¥16 dB at frequencies below 30 Hz.
However, predicted hearing sensitivity
for LF cetaceans based on ambient noise
levels from Clark and Ellison (2004)
offer additional scientific support to
NMFS’ weighting function below 2 kHz
(for direct comparison to the 2016 LF
cetacean weighting function see: https://
www.regulations.gov/
#!documentDetail;D=NOAA-NMFS2013-0177-0155). Additionally,
Cranford and Krysl (2015) predicted that
since low-frequency sound propagates
further than those containing higher
frequencies, this might explain the
potential mismatch between the
frequencies associated with best hearing
and vocalizations for LF cetaceans.
Furthermore, creating a weighting
function to ensure communication
signals are not compromised is beyond
the scope of this document (the
Technical Guidance weighting functions
are meant to reflect a hearing group’s
susceptibility to noise-induced hearing
loss).
As for the low-frequency slope
associated with the LF cetacean
weighting function, NMFS believes it is
reflective of currently available
predictive data for this hearing group.
For example, predictive audiograms
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
based on anatomical modeling for
minke whale (Tubelli et al., 2012), fin
whale (Cranford and Krysl 2015), and
humpback whale (Houser et al., 2001)
all indicate this hearing group may have
a shallower low-frequency slope
compared to other terrestrial and marine
mammals. Specifically, Tubelli et al.
(2012) offers that the ‘‘extra’’ 20 dB
difference in the low-frequency slope
between other cetaceans (HF and MF
cetaceans) may be a result of the inner
ear anatomy of this hearing group (i.e.,
open auditory bulla and the resulting
pressure differences along the ‘‘glove
finger’’). Finally, ambient noise levels
with slopes ∼20 dB/decade support the
predicted low-frequency slope for this
hearing group (Wenz 1962).
Comment 58: Multiple commenters
indicated the LF cetacean exposure
function’s ‘‘K’’ parameter, which the
commenters classified as a metric of
dynamic range, was arbitrary and
inappropriately based on data from a
beluga and a harbor porpoise for
impulsive sounds.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the
commenters’ classification of the
exposure function’s ‘‘K’’ parameter as a
metric of dynamic range and the
criticism. This parameter is set to match
the weighted threshold for TTS or PTS
onset based on available data in the
SELcum metric (i.e., NMFS’ dynamic
range methodology is for deriving PK
thresholds; See Response to Comment
87). NMFS agrees that for impulsive
sounds, TTS data are extremely limited
(i.e., beluga data from Finneran et al.
(2002) and harbor porpoise data from
Lucke et al. (2009)). Nevertheless, the
methodology for establishing a surrogate
value for this parameter for hearing
groups where no data are available is
consistent with the derivation of other
surrogate parameters within the
Technical Guidance.
Comment 59: Numerous commenters,
including the Commission, identified an
inconsistency in how NMFS derived the
‘‘F2’’ parameter, which predicts the
high-frequency portion of the composite
audiogram for LF cetaceans.
Specifically, this parameter was
adjusted to achieve a threshold at 30
kHz of 40 dB relative to the lowest
threshold. However, in earlier
discussions of the low-frequency
parameter ‘‘F1,’’ the March 2016
Proposed Changes document mentioned
predictive modeling of LF cetacean
hearing indicating 40 dB of best
sensitivity occurring at ∼25 kHz (i.e., not
30 kHz). Commenters were unclear if
this was an error or if 30 kHz was
chosen deliberately and if so, why.
Response: NMFS acknowledges the
potential for confusion and chose to
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
adjust the ‘‘F2’’ parameter to achieve a
threshold value at 30 kHz of 40 dB
relative to the lowest threshold as a
means to account for uncertainty
associated with this hearing group and
to avoid too gradual of a cutoff at the
high-frequency end (i.e., decision to
adjust parameter at 30 kHz vs. 25 kHz).
Additional text was added to the final
Technical Guidance for more clarity on
this decision.
Comment 60: Numerous commenters
criticized the potential for ‘‘takes’’/
isopleths/mitigation ranges to increase
dramatically based on updated
weighting functions/thresholds for LF
cetacean hearing group (i.e., comparison
between 2015 Draft Guidance and 2016
Proposed Changes document).
Response: NMFS acknowledges that
the LF cetacean predicted weighting
function and PTS onset thresholds in
the 2016 Proposed Changes document/
Technical Guidance are more
conservative than those presented in the
2015 Draft Guidance. However, in our
judgement, the changes reflect the best
available science and account for
uncertainty associated with this
particular hearing group where data are
limited. In response to how the
Technical Guidance could impact
mitigation ranges, see Response to
Comment 11.
Mid- and High-Frequency Cetacean
Hearing and Auditory Weighting
Functions
Comment 61: Multiple commenters
indicated that the Guidance’s auditory
weighting functions do not represent the
hearing sensitivities of all included
species, indicating that bottlenose
dolphins are not appropriate surrogates
for killer whales or sperm whales,
which are known to have regions of
greatest hearing sensitivities at much
lower frequencies, and that harbor
porpoises and finless porpoise may not
represent the auditory ability of
Irrawaddy, Ganges River, Commerson’s,
and Peale’s dolphins.
Response: See Response to Comment
45. In the Guidance, a broader range of
species were considered in the
development of the MF auditory
weighting function via the composite
audiogram. Specifically, for MF
cetaceans, the composite audiograms are
derived from data compiled from eight
species (bottlenose dolphins, beluga,
false killer whale, Risso’s dolphin,
striped dolphin, and tucuxi) and 22
individuals of these species, of which
only six individuals are bottlenose
dolphins. Further, two individuals of
these are killer whales, which from
these available audiogram data indicate
thresholds consistent with other MF
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
cetaceans (i.e., current audiograms do
not indicate this species has better lowfrequency hearing than other MF
cetaceans). Currently, there are no direct
measurements available on sperm whale
hearing (only an incomplete audiogram
exists for a stranded sperm whale
neonate from Ridgway and Carder
(2001)). NMFS considers sperm whale
placement within MF cetaceans
appropriate based on Ketten (2000),
which classified sperm whales as
having Type I cochlea, similar to other
MF cetaceans and considers the MF
cetacean auditory weighting function
representative of all species within this
hearing group based on the best
available science.
For HF cetaceans, composite
audiograms are derived from more
limited data (i.e., four individuals from
two species: harbor porpoise and
Amazon River dolphin; AEP data are
only available for Yangtze finless
porpoise). Thus, it is unclear how these
two species represent others in this
hearing group, since no other data are
available (i.e., no data on hearing ability
of Irrawaddy, Ganges River,
Commerson’s and Peale’s dolphins).
The need for additional audiograms,
particularly from the HF cetacean
hearing group was added as a Research
Recommendation (Appendix B) in the
Technical Guidance.
Comment 62: One commenter noticed
an error in the audiograms used to
construct the composite audiogram for
HF cetacean in the July 2015 Draft
Guidance. They indicated that the
harbor porpoise audiogram by Kastelein
et al. (2002), was later revised due to a
problem with the analysis of the sound
stimuli, with the correct audiogram
found in Kastelein et al. (2010). Thus, it
is recommended that NMFS use the
2010 data, instead of the 2002 data.
Response: NMFS re-evaluated the
data used to construct the composite
audiogram for HF cetaceans and
confirmed the assertion made by the
commenter that the wrong data set was
initially used. This error has been
corrected for in the final Technical
Guidance.
Comment 63: Several commenters,
including the Commission, were in
support of moving the white-beaked
dolphin from MF cetaceans to HF
cetaceans.
However, numerous other
commenters indicated that moving this
species to a new hearing group was not
scientifically supported. The Navy
specifically recommended that this
species remain in the MF cetacean
hearing group based upon the following
scientific support: (1) A hearing
threshold comparison between white-
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51709
beaked dolphin (Nachtigall et al., 2008),
bottlenose dolphin (Johnson 1967), and
harbor porpoise (Kastelein et al., 2002;
Kastelein et al., 2010) indicating whitebeaked dolphin do not have
significantly better high-frequency
hearing than the bottlenose dolphin (for
figure depicting comparison see: https://
www.regulations.gov/#!document
Detail;D=NOAA-NMFS-2013-01770152); (2) white-beaked dolphin
echolocation are more similar to those
of bottlenose dolphins (i.e., resembling
broadband, exponentially-damped
sinusoids containing only a few cycles;
Au 1980; Rasmussen and Miller 2002)
in contrast to echolocation emissions for
harbor porpoises and other species
placed into the HF cetacean hearing
group (e.g., Cephalorhynchus sp.,
Lagenorhynchus australis) (i.e., more
narrowband, longer in duration, and
contain mostly high-frequency energy;
Tougaard and Kyhn 2010); and (3)
Ketten’s (2000) categorization of the
cochlea of white-beaked dolphin and
bottlenose dolphin as ‘‘Type II,’’ while
the harbor porpoise cochlea is
categorized as ‘‘Type I’’ (i.e., reinforcing
the idea that the white-beaked dolphin
is acoustically more-closely related to
the bottlenose dolphin than to
porpoises).
Response: Upon re-evaluation, NMFS
concurs that based on currently
available data, it is more appropriate for
the white-beaked dolphin to remain in
the MF cetacean hearing group. The
scientific support to move this species
from MF to HF cetaceans is not to the
level of that of two other members of the
genus Lagenorhynchus Peale’s and
hourglass dolphins. (Note: In the Navy’s
justification above, Ketten (2000) did
not analyze white-beaked dolphin
cochlea but instead Pacific and Atlantic
white-sided dolphins (also members of
the genus Lagenorhynchus)).
Comment 64: The Commission
supported NMFS’ decision to include
the newly published audiogram of a
harbor porpoise (Kastelein et al., 2015)
in the March 2016 Proposed Changes
document. However, other commenters
indicated that NMFS provided
incomplete information on this dataset
making it impossible to conduct a
meaningful comparison to the July 2015
Draft Guidance.
Response: NMFS disagrees that
incomplete information was provided in
the March 2016 Proposed Changes
document associated with the addition
of a newly published harbor porpoise
audiogram (Kastelein et al., 2015). The
addition of this audiogram did not
change the fundamental methodology
associated with the Guidance (i.e.,
Appendix A), rather it only added a
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
51710
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
newly available dataset, as will be the
case as new data become available in
the future.
Pinniped Hearing and Auditory
Weighting Functions
Comment 65: NMFS received a
comment indicating that there are not
enough data to establish two separate
weighting functions for pinnipeds.
Response: NMFS disagrees. There are
audiogram data available from three
species (eight individuals) of OW
pinnipeds and four species (eight
individuals) of PW pinnipeds. Further,
based on NMFS’ review of the literature,
phocid species have consistently
demonstrated an extended frequency
range of hearing compared to otariids,
especially in the higher frequency range.
This is believed to be because phocid
ears are anatomically distinct from
otariid ears in that phocids have larger,
more dense middle ear ossicles, inflated
auditory bulla, and larger portions of the
inner ear (i.e., tympanic membrane, oval
window, and round window), which
make them more adapted for
underwater hearing. If one examines the
composite audiograms for these two
pinniped groups, distinct differences
appear, supporting NMFS’ decision to
establish two distinct pinniped hearing
groups.
Comment 66: Numerous commenters
questioned the justification for the
removal of some of the pinniped
datasets based on non-representative
hearing in the March 2016 Proposed
Changes document. The commenters
noted that masking is a common issue
with obtaining audiogram data for
animals in captivity and indicated that
NMFS must provide a specific
explanation for why these particular
datasets contain unique masking
problems that are unlike the other
datasets used in the Guidance. An
additional commenter requested NMFS
provide the exact procedures as to how
and why it removed unrepresentative or
outlier data from its datasets and
consider that one reason for
unrepresentative data is due to exposure
to anthropogenic sound. Other
commenters, including the Commission,
were in favor of removing these
datasets.
Response: Decisions to exclude data
were based on comparison of the
individual published audiograms and
ambient noise characteristics with those
for other individuals of the same or
closely related species. The most
common reasons for excluding an
individual’s data were abnormal
audiograms featuring high-frequency
hearing loss (typically seen in older
animals) or ‘‘notches’’ in the audiogram,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
or data collected in the presence of
relatively high ambient noise which
resulted in elevated thresholds.
Excluding these data ensured that the
composite audiograms were not
artificially elevated, which could result
in unrealistically high impact
thresholds. NMFS disagrees that
previous exposure to anthropogenic
sources is the basis for deeming the
datasets unrepresentative, since
currently available audiograms are
derived from captive individuals (i.e.,
there is no indication that
anthropogenic sound in captivity is
directly impacting auditory thresholds,
other than via possible masking).
Comment 67: NMFS received several
comments indicating that the proposed
changes to the PW pinniped ‘‘a’’
parameter, which defines the slope of
the low-frequency portion of the
weighting function, were arbitrary and
unsupported. Additionally, a
commenter noted an inconsistency in
this parameter (i.e., ‘‘a’’ parameter value
provided did not seem to match what
was depicted on the PW pinniped
weighting function). Finally, the
commenters criticized that the March
2016 Proposed Changes document
illustrated (Figure PC5) that the PW
exposure functions was only based on
one data point.
Response: The PW pinniped ‘‘a’’
parameter is directly derived from PW
pinniped behavioral audiograms (8
individuals of 4 species). Additionally,
the 2016 Proposed Changes document
removed unrepresentative datasets,
which resulted in a steeper slope (‘‘a’’
= 1.0) compared to the 2015 Draft
Guidance (‘‘a’’ = 0.8).
Upon re-evaluation, NMFS agrees that
there was a slight discrepancy with the
‘‘a’’ parameter depicted in the weighting
function provided for PW pinnipeds in
the March 2016 Proposed Changes
document. This has been remedied with
the correct value portrayed for this
hearing group’s auditory weighting
function.
Finally, the March 2016 Proposed
Changes document (Figure PC5)
illustrates available TTS data for all
hearing groups. NMFS agrees that data
are limited particularly for PW
pinnipeds (i.e., two TTS onset data
points). Nevertheless, it should be noted
that the exposure/weighting functions
are not merely based on TTS onset data
but also incorporate available
audiogram data each for hearing group.
Comment 68: A commenter
questioned if there was an error in
Appendix A, specifically with the bestfit parameters associated with the
derivation of the composite audiogram
(original and normalized data) for PW
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
pinnipeds in Table A4. These tables
indicate an unusually high ‘‘F1’’ value
(excess of 300 kHz) and an anomalous
‘‘T0’’ value of negative decibels.
Response: Upon re-evaluation, NMFS
determined that the best-fit parameters
for PW are not anomalous or in error.
These parameters mentioned by the
commenter are merely fitting parameters
for equation 9 in Appendix A and do
not directly correspond to a particular
feature of the audiogram (i.e., F1 does
not represent the frequency at which the
audiogram reaches a specific value). The
value for F1 influences the frequency at
which thresholds begin to plateau near
the best sensitivity. Very large values for
F1 (and the accompanying small value
for T0) simply reflect little or no plateau
in the thresholds in the region of best
sensitivity. In many respects, the
specific numeric values applied to
Equation 9 in Appendix A of Technical
Guidance are not key; what matters are
the resulting shapes of the composite
audiograms and how well they match
the underlying threshold data.
Comment 69: One commenter
suggested that the two species of PW
pinnipeds (i.e., harbor seal and northern
elephant seal) mentioned in the
Guidance are commonly found in close
proximity to human population centers
and are not good proxies for Arctic and
Antarctic seals.
Response: The Technical Guidance
relies on more data than from harbor
seal and northern elephant seal.
Additionally data from two Arctic
species (spotted seal from Sills et al.
(2014) and ringed seal from Sills et al.
(2015)) were used to derive composite
audiogram for PW pinnipeds. Thus, data
from four different PW pinniped species
were used to derive composite
audiograms for this hearing group.
NMFS believes currently available data
are representative of all PW pinnipeds,
including polar species.
Application of Auditory Weighting
Functions
Comment 70: One commenter
requested that NMFS provide additional
clarification as how the auditory
weighting functions were applied to the
data used to develop acoustic thresholds
(e.g., were the auditory weighting
functions applied to the entire raw data
before calculating the SELcum) and
examples of software that could be used
to apply these weighting functions.
Response: Marine mammal auditory
weighting were directly incorporated in
the derivation of thresholds associated
with non-impulsive sounds and then
were directly applied in the derivation
of impulsive thresholds, since only
limited data are available (Details in
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
Appendix A). Section 2.2.4 of the
Technical Guidance (Main Document)
provides more detail on how to
implement/apply these weighting
functions. For a source consisting of a
single tone, the application of auditory
weighting functions is a straight forward
process (i.e., only single frequency to
consider). For broadband sounds, the
application is more complicated (i.e.,
must consider multiple frequencies),
which is why NMFS included
alternative weighting factor adjustments
for when frequency weighting functions
cannot be fully incorporated (Appendix
D).
Comment 71: One commenter noted
that the LF cetacean acoustic thresholds
do not appear to be adjusted based on
the LF cetacean auditory weighting
functions and asked whether the
threshold for LF cetaceans exposed to
an airgun/watergun with most of its
energy in their primary hearing band as
measured in the experiment should be
adjusted.
Response: Marine mammal TTS data
for impulsive sources exist only for two
hearing groups (i.e., MF and HF
cetaceans). For other groups, alternative
methodology was developed using MF
and HF cetaceans as surrogate data and
assuming the relationship between
impulsive and non-impulsive
thresholds is conserved among hearing
groups (i.e., methodology resulted in a
TTS onset threshold for impulsive
sources that is 11 dB lower than the TTS
threshold onset for non-impulsive
sources). NMFS disagrees that any
adjustment needs to be made to the LF
cetacean acoustic thresholds. Weighting
functions are also implemented in
exposure modeling, which will take into
account whether or not a sound falls
within a hearing group’s most
susceptible frequency range.
Comment 72: A few commenters
indicated that Tougaard et al. (2013)
note that auditory weighing functions
cannot themselves be ‘‘conservative’’ if
applied in establishing and then
implementing acoustic thresholds. To
achieve a conservative approach, the
commenters suggested the application
of a more tailored function at the
acoustic threshold determination stage
in combination with a wider and more
energy-inclusive function at the
implementation stage. The commenters
suggested that NMFS use a function
normalized to a lower level (e.g., ¥3
dB) for establishing acoustic thresholds,
while using functions normalized to a
higher level (e.g., 0 dB) for estimating
the number of ‘‘takes’’ when
implementing these thresholds. The
commenters provided the example that
JASCO Applied Sciences typically
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
incorporates a 3-dB precautionary
adjustment in their propagation
modeling to account for uncertainty.
Response: The Technical Guidance
explains that auditory weighting
functions are considered within both
the data evaluation and implementation
processes, as pointed out by Tougaard et
al. (2013) (now published Tougaard et
al., 2015). NMFS acknowledges that
adjustments during the data evaluation
process that result in a lower threshold
could potentially translate to smaller
isopleths, if a source has energy in
frequencies outside a hearing groups
most susceptible hearing range (i.e.,
weighting functions are essentially
filters; their application results either in
the same size or in smaller isopleths or
the same or lower thresholds). Tougaard
et al. (2015) provide some important
factors for consideration when applying
weighting functions in both the context
of data evaluation and implementation.
However, NMFS does not find it
appropriate to normalize the Technical
Guidance’s acoustic thresholds, as
suggested by the commenters, as there
are no data to support doing so. Further,
several conservative assumptions were
applied to the derivation of acoustic
thresholds to account for uncertainty
and limited data (see Response to
Comment 77). Finally, NMFS’
application of auditory weighting
functions is consistent with what has
been done for humans (i.e., A-weighted
thresholds used in conjunction with Aweighting during implementation).
As for the 3-dB adjustment JASCO
Applied Sciences makes to the results of
their propagation models, this
adjustment is based on their best fit
analysis, where 90 percent of all their
measured values fall within 3 dB of the
mean level (e.g., see any recent SSV
reports from JASCO Applied Sciences,
like Beland et al. (2013), for more
details). NMFS used this same premise
to re-examine the TTS onset thresholds
for non-impulsive sources for data
collected via both the preferred
behavioral technique as well as AEP
methodology, the next tier in our data
hierarchy (the same analysis could not
be done for impulsive sources, where
data are limited to two studies). It was
found that for all hearing groups, except
PW pinnipeds, the TTS onset thresholds
encompassed more than 90 percent of
available TTS data (MF cetaceans, only
two points below the onset threshold,
with maximum point only 2 dB below),
and in some situations 100 percent of
TTS data (i.e., OW and HF cetaceans;
although both these groups are data
limited). For PW, which are also data
limited, only one of the five available
data points was below the TTS onset
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51711
threshold (i.e., 1 dB below the
threshold). Thus, NMFS believes any
further adjustments to the thresholds are
unnecessary and that they provide
realistic predictions, based on currently
available data, of noise-induced hearing
loss in marine mammals.
Temporary Threshold Shifts
Comment 73: One commenter
cautioned that a 6 dB threshold shift
may be appropriate for testing TTS but
should not be confused with the level
that is biologically important (e.g., 6 dB
corresponds to a roughly 8-fold decrease
in the volume in which biologically
significant sounds can be detected
through passive listening).
Response: The Technical Guidance
considers a threshold shift of 6 dB the
minimum threshold shift clearly larger
than any day-to-day or session-tosession variation in a subject’s normal
hearing ability and is typically the
minimum amount of threshold shift that
can be differentiated in most
experimental conditions (Schlundt et
al., 2000; Finneran et al., 2000; Finneran
et al., 2002). Similarly, for humans,
NIOSH (1998) regards the range of
audiometric testing variability to be
approximately 5 dB. Because the
Technical Guidance does not address
the biological significance of passive
listening, NMFS has set the onset of
TTS at the lowest level that exceeds
recorded variation and could be
considered biologically significant.
Comment 74: One commenter noted
that the Guidance appeared to use
temporary threshold shift (TTS) when it
may mean threshold shift (TS) and
suggested that NMFS use terms
consistently and clearly.
Another commenter requested the
Guidance make clear that a threshold
shift is a symptom of noise exposure
rather than an impact (i.e., a
manifestation of an anatomical
alteration that deters or eliminates
auditory responses). The commenter
emphasized that impairments arise from
other acoustic features associated with
what the ear receives (i.e., not
necessarily characteristics associated
with the source), and there are multiple
components to any received sound (e.g.,
received level, timing, intensity,
sensitivity, time course, recovery
period), all of which may act singly or
in concert to impact an ear at any
frequency and for any species, whether
in air or water. As such, the commenter
suggested the Guidance include a brief
statement indicating the choice of using
a threshold shift to assess the effects of
noise on hearing is one driven by
practicality (i.e., Guidance does not
address all critical features associated
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
51712
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
with impacts from sound, but there is an
awareness and expectation that other
features require investigation and that
these may ultimately alter the
thresholds according to their interplay
and relative potential for harm).
Response: NMFS has revised the
Technical Guidance to clearly
distinguish between a threshold shift
(temporary or permanent) as a term
which indicates the increase in
threshold of audibility (i.e., 6 dB for
onset of TTS and 40 dB for onset of
PTS) versus the exposure level (i.e.,
acoustic threshold) associated with that
shift.
NMFS agrees that a threshold shift is
a ‘‘symptom’’ rather than an ‘‘impact.’’
However, in the context of the
Technical Guidance and in terms of
how the acoustic thresholds will be
used, the term/concept of ‘‘impact’’ is
one that readers of the document will be
more familiar with. NMFS also agrees
that features of the signal at the receiver
are most important, but are often most
difficult to determine. The Technical
Guidance includes more information
explaining when choices are based on
considerations of practicality because of
complexity and makes various research
recommendations to address these
issues (Appendix B).
Comment 75: Several commenters
requested clarification on the
application of TTS onset acoustic
thresholds presented in the Guidance
under NMFS’ relevant statutes,
including the Commission, which
recommended all applicants be required
to use the Guidance’s TTS onset
thresholds. The Commission requested
further clarification on how the
Guidance’s TTS thresholds are to be
implemented in conjunction with
NMFS’ generic RMS SPL 120/160 dB
behavioral thresholds.
Response: The Technical Guidance
sets forth the levels at which TTS and
PTS onset are likely to occur. In this
Federal Register Notice (Regulatory
Context), we describe our current
agency practice for assessing take and
refer readers to that section (this
information previously appeared in the
Draft Guidance Regulatory Context
section). In short, PTS onset is treated
as Level A harassment under the MMPA
and harm under the ESA (as well as
injury under NMSA as administered by
NOS’ National Marine Sanctuary
Program), and NMFS recommends using
the Technical Guidance to estimate take
from PTS exposures in regulatory
compliance documents.
Regarding TTS, with the exception of
underwater explosives (see Regulatory
Context), NMFS does not currently
recommend calculations of TTS
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
exposures separate from assessments of
Level B harassment or ESA harassment
using the prior existing thresholds for
enumerating behavioral takes. NMFS is
in the process of evaluating behavioral
effects thresholds and intends to
develop related guidance for use in its
regulatory processes. Because the effects
in consideration when TTS is incurred
are behavioral and temporary in nature,
much like behavioral responses, we
intend to address those effects in the
context of regulatory compliance at that
time.
Comment 76: Multiple commenters
indicated an inconsistency in the
Guidance in the characterization of TTS
among NOAA’s various statutes (i.e.,
NMFS collectively does not consider
TTS an auditory injury, but TTS is
considered injury under the broad
definition of the NMSA) and suggested
NOAA implement a consistent
regulatory interpretation of the term
injure when addressing acoustic
exposures on marine mammals.
Response: The Guidance is a technical
document that compiles, interprets, and
synthesizes the scientific literature, to
produce updated, scientifically-based,
impact thresholds for assessing the
effects of noise on hearing. Although
these changes may necessitate new
methodologies for calculating impacts,
the application of the thresholds under
applicable statutes remains consistent
with past and current NMFS practice.
See Regulatory Context section in this
Federal Register Notice. That
information was moved out of the main
body of the Guidance to emphasize the
distinction between the scientific
exercise of developing updated
thresholds, which is science-based, and
the application of thresholds in the
regulatory arena, which is also informed
by policy and legal considerations.
Comment 77: Multiple commenters
recommended that NMFS consider
threshold shifts requiring extended
recovery periods (e.g., in excess of 24
hours), as well as nerve and other
related damage, to be included in the
definition of injury. The commenters
expressed concern that NMFS did not
consider the results of Kujawa and
Liberman (2009) and Lin et al. (2011),
and suggested the Guidance state that
the PTS acoustic thresholds will be
conservatively revised in the future to
reflect any new evidence showing
correlations of injurious effects of TTS
below these new acoustic thresholds.
Response: NMFS recognizes this is an
area where additional study is needed.
NMFS has included several
conservative assumptions in its protocol
for examining marine mammal hearing
loss data (e.g., using a 6 dB threshold
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
shift to represent TTS onset, not directly
accounting for exposure levels that did
not result in threshold shifts, assuming
there is no recovery with the 24-h
baseline accumulation period or
between intermittent exposures, etc.).
The Technical Guidance includes
information from Kujawa and Liberman
(2009) and Lin et al. (2011) as a way to
illustrate the complexity associated with
noise-induced hearing loss and as an
area where more research is needed
(Appendix B). NMFS finds that these
studies would be informative for use as
qualitative considerations within the
comprehensive effects analysis. NMFS
acknowledges the complexity of sound
exposure on the nervous system, and
will re-examine this issue as more data
become available.
Comment 78: One commenter
indicated that in Germany, TTS is
considered the onset of injury. The
commenter suggested that since many
countries may adopt this Guidance
rather than developing their own, NMFS
make clear that choosing PTS as onset
for injury is based on U.S. legal
considerations.
Response: This Federal Register
Notice contains a section explaining the
current U.S. regulatory context for using
the acoustic thresholds contained in the
Technical Guidance.
Comment 79: Several commenters
indicated that chronic, repeated
exposures to levels capable of inducing
TTS can lead to PTS and recommended
that NMFS consider cumulative effects
of all anthropogenic sound sources in
terms of long-term exposure in the
development of the Guidance’s acoustic
thresholds, as well as within the context
of NEPA. Specifically, it was suggested
that, apart from the accumulation time
applied to any single activity (i.e.,
acoustic thresholds), NMFS add
repeated, intermittent exposure to
multiple acoustic activities to its table of
‘‘qualitative factors for consideration.’’
Response: NMFS acknowledges that
cumulative effects and long-term
exposure of noise are important
considerations in understanding the
impacts of sound on marine mammals
and that repeated exposures initially
resulting in TTS have the potential to
result in PTS. However, they are beyond
the scope of this document, in terms of
developing quantitative acoustic
thresholds and are being considered by
other mechanisms within or supported
by NOAA (e.g., NOAA Ocean Noise
Strategy and CetSound Projects;
National Research Council’s Ocean
Studies Board’s Cumulative Effects of
Human Activities on Marine Mammal
Populations Study). The Technical
Guidance focuses on acute exposures to
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
noise and threshold shifts associated
with these types of exposures.
Additionally, the TTS data currently
available for marine mammals only
support deriving thresholds for these
types of short-term exposures, rather
than long-term/chronic exposure.
Having data to address more realistic
exposure scenarios, including repeated
exposures, have been identified within
our Research Recommendation
Appendix (Appendix B).
NMFS has added cumulative
exposures to its recommended
qualitative factors to consider within a
comprehensive effects analysis. The
discussion of qualitative factors has
been moved from the main Guidance
document to Appendix B (See Response
to Comment 130).
Comment 80: One commenter
recommended that since seismic
activities do not cause PTS and TTS
‘‘during realistic field conditions,’’ there
is no need to apply the new PTS and
TTS acoustic thresholds levels in the
Guidance to these activities.
Response: NMFS notes that the only
marine mammal TTS data available are
from laboratory studies, and that there
are no TTS data available for any sound
source in more realistic field conditions.
Nevertheless, marine mammal
laboratory studies offer vital information
on exposure situations that can result in
noise-induced threshold shifts, and
NMFS used this information to establish
acoustic thresholds for free-ranging
animals exposed to anthropogenic
sound sources in their natural
environment. NMFS is not aware of any
evidence to indicate that seismic sound
sources should be treated differently
than any other anthropogenic sound
source.
Uncertainty and Statistical Analyses
Associated With Temporary Threshold
Shift Data
Comment 81: Several commenters
suggested that where a potential for
uncertainty exists NMFS should
proceed cautiously and consider
adjustments to thresholds that are most
protective of the animals. One
commenter specifically urged NMFS to
consider the precautionary principle
within the Guidance and NOAA’s need
to comply with its own statutes.
Response: The Technical Guidance
identifies areas of uncertainty and data
limitations (Appendix A) and has made
several conservative assumptions to
account for this (e.g., defining TTS onset
as the level just above where individual
variability in hearing occurs, not
accounting for exposures where TTS
onset did not occur, etc.). See Response
to Comment 49 for more details on the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
issue of uncertainty. Additionally, a
Research Recommendations section has
been added to identify data gaps
(Appendix B). As more data become
available, NMFS can explore more
sophisticated means of analysis.
As previously indicated, the acoustic
thresholds do not represent the entirety
of an effects analysis, but rather serve as
one tool to help evaluate the effects of
a proposed action and make findings
required by NOAA’s various statutes.
Further, other measures can be
employed to account for uncertainty
beyond considerations within the
Technical Guidance (e.g., mitigation/
monitoring requirements).
Comment 82: Multiple commenters
recommended that the procedures for
establishing acoustic thresholds be
revised to use the lowest available value
or correction factor to account for the
full representation of the distribution of
TTS/PTS onset in a population rather
than using the median value if five or
more data points are available.
Specifically, commenters expressed
concern that NMFS is producing a
threshold closer to the population mean
(i.e., the point at which the first ‘‘take’’
is estimated to occur is roughly 50
percent of any given population will
have already experienced a threshold
shift) by relying on the median value.
These commenters suggested that NMFS
investigate statistical methods that deal
with probabilities and distributions
(e.g., Bayesian statistics), which
particularly account for individual
variability and uncertainty over the
mean of threshold shift onset. These
commenters further indicated that these
statistical methods or a simple less
precise alternative where the lowest
reported TTS onset value was always
selected (instead of the median) would
likely provide a more appropriate
estimation of TTS/PTS onset for a given
proportion of the population.
Contrary to the comments above,
another commenter cautioned against
relying on the lowest onset with limited
data because these data could be
outliers and result in overly
conservative acoustic thresholds. The
commenter further indicated that overly
conservative thresholds could result in
unrealistic exposure estimates and
suggested NMFS’ protocol be modified
to examine the distribution of the data
and make a reasoned decision about
whether the lowest threshold might be
an outlier and whether (and how) it
should be included in the determination
of a threshold.
Response: NMFS incorporated several
conservative assumptions into the
derivation of the acoustic thresholds to
account for uncertainty and variability
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51713
(see Response to Comment 77). The
comment’s reference to use of a median
value if five or more data points are
available refers to proposed
methodology from the 2013 Draft
Guidance. The 2015 Draft Guidance
contained updated methodology for
deriving TTS/PTS onset acoustic
thresholds which better account for
available marine mammal data (see
Response to Comment 72).
NMFS used the best available science
to develop the Technical Guidance. As
more data are collected, NMFS will be
better able to identify outliers (e.g., one
individual has an unusually high or low
threshold or testing procedures led to
flawed results) and consider necessary
adjustments (i.e., removal of an outlier
datum).
Comment 83: Multiple commenters
expressed concern associated with the
Guidance’s low acoustic thresholds for
the HF cetacean hearing group.
Specifically, the commenters indicated
that for impulsive sound, the thresholds
are based on data from a single study
involving a single animal (harbor
porpoise) (Lucke et al., 2009), and for
non-impulsive sound, the threshold is
based on a single study involving only
two animals (Popov et al., 2011). The
commenters remarked that both studies
have potential biases and uncertainty
and urged NMFS to allow for flexibility
in the implementation of acoustic
thresholds in future regulatory
processes.
Response: NMFS acknowledges that,
for most hearing groups, data are
available only from a limited number of
species and a limited number of
individuals within that species. The
need for more data from all species is
highlighted in the newly added
Research Recommendation section of
the Technical Guidance (Appendix B).
In addition, new data have become
available since the NMFS received this
comment during the first public
comment period. As indicated in the
Technical Guidance, the acoustic
threshold (SELcum metric) for HF
cetaceans exposed to non-impulsive
sound was derived using data from
three studies (i.e., Kastelein et al., 2012,
Kastelein et al., 2014a, and Kastelein et
al., 2014b, not Popov et al., 2011a,
which did not derive TTS onset and
relied on AEP methodology). These new
studies support results from Lucke et al.
2009 indicating that harbor porpoises
have a lower TTS onset than other
cetaceans (i.e., reason for separating MF
and HF cetaceans into separate hearing
groups).
NMFS recognizes that acoustic
thresholds for HF cetaceans, which are
based exclusively from harbor porpoise
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
51714
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
data, are much lower than other hearing
groups, and therefore some additional
considerations may be warranted on a
case-by-case basis. However, it also
should be noted that auditory weighting
functions should be considered when
evaluating impacts of sound on HF
cetaceans, which are most susceptible to
injury from higher frequency sounds
(e.g., 25 to 60 kHz).
Comment 84: Multiple commenters
recommended a precautionary approach
(i.e., more conservative thresholds)
when applying the Guidance to
activities and species in the Arctic.
Response: NMFS recognizes that
marine mammals in the Arctic are
experiencing increasing pressures from
human activities (e.g., climate change,
increased commercial activities).
However, NMFS does not find that there
are data to indicate greater susceptibility
of Arctic species to noise-induced
hearing loss compared to non-Arctic
species. Data from two Arctic species
(spotted seal from Sills et al., 2014 and
ringed seal from Sills et al., 2015) were
used to derive composite audiograms for
PW pinnipeds. Additionally, measured
underwater hearing of two captive
spotted seals (Sills et al., 2014) and two
captive ringed seals (Sills et al., 2015)
found these species’ hearing abilities are
comparable to harbor seals. Thus,
harbor seals (i.e., only phocid with TTS
data are available) are believed to be an
appropriate surrogate for ice seal
species.
Further, audiogram data from belugas
(n=9; more individuals of this species
than any other) were specifically used to
derive composite audiograms for MF
cetaceans. In addition, recent data from
Castellote et al. (2014), from freeranging belugas in Alaska, indicate of
the seven individuals tested (3 females/
4 males; 1 subadult/6 adults), all had
hearing abilities ‘‘similar to those of
belugas measured in zoological
settings.’’ Thus, from this study, it
appears that for baseline hearing
measurements, captive individuals are
an appropriate surrogate for free-ranging
animals. The Technical Guidance also
incorporates TTS data (i.e., TTS onset
and TTS growth rate) are available from
four individual belugas (e.g., Schlundt
et al., 2000; Popov et al., 2014)
Thus, data from Arctic species are
directly incorporated into numerous
aspects of the Technical Guidance’s
methodology. These data indicate
additional conservative adjustments in
determining thresholds unnecessary.
Precautionary adjustments may be made
elsewhere (e.g., applied in a specific
regulatory context of fully evaluating
effects, authorizing, and developing
mitigation for an action).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
Cetacean Temporary Threshold Shift
Data
Comment 85: There was concerned
expressed that the low TTS onset
thresholds for HF cetaceans exposed to
impulsive sources results from a AEP
study, opposed to one using behavioral
methods, and that this violates the
methodology of only using behavioral
data stipulated in Appendix A of the
Guidance. Contrary to this comment,
multiple commenters advocated for the
inclusion of TTS data derived using
AEPs into the Guidance’s methodology.
Response: As mentioned in earlier,
NMFS established an informal data
hierarchy in consideration of the
development of the Technical
Guidance’s composite audiograms and
acoustic thresholds (see Response to
Comment 43), with the bestrepresentative data being used over
other sources. In the case of deriving
TTS acoustic thresholds for HF
cetaceans, only one dataset is currently
available (Lucke et al., 2009), which
relies on AEP measurements. Appendix
A specifically addresses this issue:
‘‘Note that the data from Lucke et al.
(2009) are based on AEP measurements
and may thus under-estimate TTS onset;
however, they are used here because of
the very limited nature of the impulse
TTS data for marine mammals and the
likelihood that the high-frequency
cetaceans are more susceptible than the
mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e., use of the
mid-frequency cetacean value is not
appropriate).’’
There have been limited comparisons
of TTS data collected via behavioral
versus AEP methods for any marine
mammals, especially marine mammals.
There is only one available marine
mammal study (Finneran et al., 2007)
that found threshold shifts of 40 to 45
dB associated with AEP methods and 19
to 33 dB thresholds shifts measured via
behavioral methods. These two
methodologies do not provide the same
results (i.e., AEP methods consistently
produce higher thresholds compared to
behavioral techniques), and there is
currently no accurate means available to
‘‘correct’’ AEP data so that it can be
more comparable to those obtained via
behavioral techniques.
Comment 86: One commenter
requested the Guidance provide
additional clarification on the TTS PK
acoustic threshold of 224 dB for MF
cetaceans and suggested a 226 dB value
be used instead, as is cited in Finneran
et al. (2002).
Response: NMFS notes the Guidance’s
MF cetacean TTS onset PK threshold is
based on the pressure levels originally
expressed as pounds per square inch
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
(psi) presented in Finneran et al. (2002).
This value was then converted from psi
to peak pressure levels (i.e., 23 psi is
equivalent to PK 224 dB). The PK 226
dB, referred to by the commenter, was
a peak-to-peak pressure level and not a
peak pressure level (i.e., different
metric), which was why it was not
directly applied to the Technical
Guidance.
Comment 87: The Commission
recommended that instead of using the
MF cetaceans’ PK thresholds as
surrogates for other hearing groups
where no data are available that NMFS
consider dynamic range (i.e., difference
between threshold at frequency of best
hearing sensitivity and peak pressure
threshold) for deriving peak pressure
thresholds, as has been used for humans
(e.g., 140 dB from Occupational Safety
and Health Administration, OSHA). The
Commission specifically suggested
NMFS apply the measured dynamic
range from HF cetaceans to the derive
thresholds for LF cetaceans, PW
pinnipeds, and OW pinnipeds.
Contrary to the Commission’s
recommendation, several commenters
criticized NMFS’ use of dynamic range
to predict PK thresholds. Specifically,
commenters questioned NMFS use of
onset TTS to define dynamic range,
since the onset of TTS is not equivalent
to the threshold of pain and therefore
overly conservative (i.e., different
between TTS onset and PTS is
approximately 40 dB). Additionally,
these commenters indicated that
dynamic range data are available for
both pinniped hearing groups (Kastak et
al., 2005) and should be used instead of
surrogate data from MF and HF
cetaceans.
Additionally, one group of
commenters requested NMFS provide
more information on why the median
dynamic range for MF and HF cetaceans
was used as a surrogate for LF
cetaceans.
Response: NMFS evaluated the
Commission’s recommendation of an
alternative methodology for deriving PK
thresholds using dynamic range and
determined that it is a more valid
approach to approximating PK
thresholds for hearing groups where no
data exist. However, NMFS determined
that using the dynamic range for HF
cetaceans for other hearing groups was
not appropriate and instead used the
median of the dynamic range from both
MF and HF cetaceans to derive PK
thresholds for PW and OW pinnipeds
and LF cetaceans.
As for comments criticizing the
Technical Guidance’s methodology for
establishing PK thresholds based on
dynamic range, NMFS notes that
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
‘‘dynamic range’’ can have many
connotations. In the Technical
Guidance, we relate hearing threshold
and TTS onset levels, and therefore
define dynamic range based on hearing
threshold and TTS onset. Furthermore,
NMFS does consider a 40 dB threshold
shift to represent the PTS onset and uses
this value to approximate PTS onset
thresholds from available TTS onset
data (i.e., TTS growth rate data). NMFS
re-evaluated data within Kastak et al.
(2005) to consider for establishing PK
pressure thresholds for pinnipeds,
rather than using surrogate MF and HF
cetacean data. Within this publication,
NMFS could not find any information
on dynamic range for pinnipeds or any
other publication that provides
impulsive data for pinnipeds. Therefore,
dynamic range cannot be directly
calculated for pinnipeds and surrogate
data had to be used.
As for the request for more
information on why a surrogate
dynamic range from MF and HF
cetacean data was used for LF cetaceans,
NMFS relied on the methodology used
in other situations to derive surrogate
values for species groups where data do
not exist (i.e., use data from other
hearing groups, assuming groups where
data are not available fall within the
bounds of existing marine mammal
data). Until data become available for
these hearing groups, NMFS believes
this method is an appropriate means of
deriving surrogate values.
Comment 88: Multiple commenters
expressed concern that the Guidance
excludes studies in which TTS was not
induced, and that, as a result, the
acoustic thresholds could represent
exposure scenarios that will not
necessarily result in TTS under all
conditions. The commenters suggested
that Guidance’s thresholds should only
be used to estimate the number of
animals that could potentially
experience TTS (i.e., acoustic exposure
levels describe potential and not actual
TTS onset for all exposure scenarios)
and that exposures not inducing TTS be
directly included and used to develop
the Guidance’s acoustic thresholds. The
commenters stressed that this
distinction is important because the
Draft Guidance defines TTS, not
‘‘potential TTS,’’ as Level B harassment
and that how Level B harassment is
estimated has important relevance to the
‘‘small numbers’’ and ‘‘negligible
impact’’ determinations that must be
made in support of MMPA incidental
take authorizations.
Response: The Technical Guidance
itself does not rely upon or address
regulatory practice or interpretations.
The section of the Draft Guidance that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
discussed application of thresholds in
the regulatory context for informational
purposes has been more appropriately
placed in this Federal Register Notice
(see Regulatory Context). However, to
account for uncertainty and limited
data, the Technical Guidance used a
conservative protocol to estimate the
onset of TTS (see Response to Comment
77). NMFS agrees that exposure
scenarios where TTS could not be
induced are not directly accounted for
in the development of the quantitative
acoustic thresholds. Nevertheless, in
some situations, studies where TTS
could not be induced are used to
evaluate (cross-check) the Guidance
thresholds (e.g., HF cetacean pile
driving data; MF cetacean seismic
airgun data, MF cetacean explosion
simulator data). As more data become
available, NMFS may explore
alternative means of deriving acoustic
thresholds (e.g., protocol that directly
accounts for scenarios when threshold
shifts do and do not occur).
Comment 89: The Commission
indicated that TTS data have not been
collected for either HF or MF cetaceans
below 1 kHz. Further, they recommend
that measurements of TTS frequencies
lower than 1 kHz and TTS
measurements associated with exposure
to multiple pulses/hammers strikes be
added the Guidance’s Research
Recommendations (Appendix B).
Response: Although limited, TTS data
have been collected at frequencies
below 1 kHz for HF and MF cetaceans.
Finneran et al. (2015) exposed
bottlenose dolphins (MF cetaceans) to
multiple impulses from seismic airguns
measured TTS at a range of frequencies
(0.5 to 64 kHz) for three individuals (see
Figure 6 in Finneran et al., 2015b).
Additionally, Kastelein et al. (2015)
exposed a harbor porpoise (HF cetacean)
to playbacks of offshore pile driving and
measured TTS at a range of frequencies
from 0.5 to 125 kHz. Finally, Kastelein
et al. (2014) exposed harbor porpoise
(HF cetaceans) to 1 to 2 kHz sonar
sweeps and measured TTS at 1.5 kHz.
NMFS agrees with the Commission’s
recommendations for additional
research and has added them to
Appendix B of the Guidance (i.e., Sound
Exposure to More Realistic Scenarios).
Pinniped Temporary Threshold Shift
Data
Comment 90: One commenter
remarked that pinnipeds are likely to be
less sensitive to noise compared to
cetaceans and expressed concern that
the Guidance’s extrapolations using
cetaceans as surrogates for pinnipeds
may be flawed. Given the current lack
of information, the commenter
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51715
suggested the highest threshold values
from any of the cetacean hearing groups
(and not any higher) be used to establish
the underwater acoustic thresholds for
pinnipeds.
Response: In establishing the
pinniped thresholds, NMFS used the
best available data (i.e., non-impulsive
TTS thresholds are based on
measurements collected from three
individual harbor seals and a single
California sea lion) and acknowledges
that in some situations where no
pinniped data were available, cetacean
data were used as surrogate data to
derive acoustic thresholds for
pinnipeds. As an example, for PK
thresholds, data from MF cetaceans and
HF cetaceans were used to determine an
appropriate dynamic range for
pinnipeds, but this surrogate dynamic
range was then combined with direct
data on hearing thresholds from
pinnipeds to derive these thresholds
(i.e., combination of pinniped and other
marine mammal data). As more direct
pinniped data become available, NMFS
will re-evaluate these acoustic
thresholds. This has specifically been
identified as a data gap within the
Research Recommendation Appendix
(Appendix B) of the Technical
Guidance.
Comment 91: A commenter expressed
concern that the thresholds for OW
pinnipeds were much higher than other
hearing groups, especially that the
SELcum thresholds are not much lower
than the PK threshold. It was indicated
that these values appear anomalous and
should be verified.
Response: NMFS re-evaluated the
data used to derive the OW pinniped
acoustic thresholds. There are only
limited data available for this hearing
group, with TTS onset thresholds for
non-impulsive sources coming from a
single California sea lion. This threshold
is 18 dB higher than that for PW
pinnipeds and at least 20+ dB higher
than the thresholds for the cetacean
hearing group. Additionally, with the
updated methodology to estimate PK
thresholds using dynamic range (2016
Proposed Changes document), the OW
pinniped PK thresholds have increased
by 2 dB compared to the thresholds in
the 2015 Draft Guidance. Due to lack of
data for OW pinnipeds, surrogate
datasets or methodologies to
approximate TTS onset for impulsive
sounds and PTS onset levels had to be
used. These approximations build upon
the one data set available for OW
pinnipeds. Thus, all the resulting
thresholds are higher than those of other
hearing groups. This has been
highlighted within the Technical
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
51716
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
Guidance’s Appendix B: Research
Recommendations.
Alternative Acoustic Thresholds
(Optional Means To Incorporate
Weighting Functions)
Comment 92: One commenter
suggested that there is no justification or
explanation for the process for
alternative acoustic thresholds within
the 2015 Draft Guidance and that
attempts to compare the results of using
these alternative thresholds seem to
produce conservative (i.e., higher) levels
of exposure when compared to the
thresholds the encompass the full
auditory weighting function.
Response: Based on public comment,
NMFS re-evaluated its proposed
alternative acoustic thresholds and
replaced this methodology with
optional weighting factor adjustments
(WFAs) that more realistically
incorporate marine mammal auditory
weighting functions for all hearing
groups (not just HF and MF cetaceans)
and allow for all action proponents to
use the same acoustic thresholds.
NMFS has included additional
explanation in the final Technical
Guidance’s Appendix D. For situations
where the full auditory weighting
functions cannot be incorporated,
updated weighting factor adjustments
are provided, which are based on
broader, simpler consideration of
weighting functions (i.e., relies on using
a single frequency that best represents
where a particular sound has energy).
Incorporating optional WFAs should
result in similar if not identical
isopleths for narrowband sources and
slightly more conservative isopleths
(albeit more realistic than the previous
alternative threshold methodology) for
broadband sources compared to those
action proponents that can fully
incorporate the Technical Guidance’s
auditory weighting functions.
Comment 93: The Commission
questioned the utility of two sets of
thresholds in the Guidance (i.e.,
weighted and unweighted), noting that
if an action proponent can calculate or
determine the isopleths (distances) to
the relevant thresholds (weighted or
unweighted) then that same action
proponent should be able to apply the
auditory weighting functions. The
Commission suggested that NMFS
require action proponents to use the
best available science, including
auditory weighting functions and
relevant weighted thresholds, rather
than give action proponents the choice
of using unweighted thresholds.
Response: NMFS notes that the
updated optional WFAs, which replace
the Draft Guidance alternative
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
thresholds, are provided for action
proponents unable to fully incorporate
auditory weighting functions. This is
because, especially for broadband
sources (which most anthropogenic
sources are), this incorporation is not a
simple calculation (i.e., it depends upon
the spectrum of the source). NMFS
regards the practicality of applying more
complex, updated thresholds an
important consideration. This is why
NMFS has provided the simpler
optional WFA approach, which allows
action proponents to apply weighting in
a simpler manner (i.e., most appropriate
single frequency). The use of WFAs
results in all action proponents using on
the same thresholds.
Comment 94: Several commenters
suggested that the Guidance provide
clear direction on which thresholds
should be used and under what specific
circumstances. Further, multiple
commenters noted that the Guidance’s
alternative thresholds (updated WFAs
in final Technical Guidance) represent a
simple and conservative way to present
the thresholds and recommended that
they be applied to all action proponents.
Doing so, the commenters suggested,
would simplify implementation for all
authorization action proponents, as well
as those processing and reviewing the
applications, including the associated
public comment by increasing
transparency and reducing application
processing time.
Response: As indicated in the
Response to the previous comment,
alternative thresholds have been
removed from the final Technical
Guidance, such that all action
proponents are using identical
thresholds, regardless of their ability to
incorporated marine mammal weighting
functions. NMFS appreciates the need
for clarity and has included more
information in the final Technical
Guidance’s Appendix D regarding when
optional WFAs should be used.
Specifically, text has been added to
indicate that NMFS recognizes that the
implementation of marine mammal
auditory weighting functions represents
a new and complicating factor for
consideration, which may extend
beyond the capabilities of some action
proponents and that NMFS has
developed optional WFAs for those who
cannot fully apply weighting functions
associated with the SELcum metric.
Action proponents are encouraged to
incorporate as many factors, like full
auditory weighting functions, into their
exposure models as possible.
Comment 95: One commenter
suggested that NMFS include a more
detailed definition of the term
‘‘narrowband,’’ one that includes
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
explanatory text with regard to the
derivation, terms and application within
the Guidance. Additionally, it was
pointed out that NMFS is incorrect to
assume that narrowband sources will
precisely adhere to manufacture
specifications and that harmonics or
subharmonics are unusual occurrences
with these sources.
Response: NMFS agrees and has
included additional clarification in the
Technical Guidance regarding the
derivation and application of WFAs in
Appendix D (see Response to Comment
70). The term ‘‘bandwidth’’ is defined in
the Glossary (Appendix E).
Additionally, based on this comment,
NMFS has revised the Technical
Guidance to indicate harmonics and
sub-harmonics are almost always
present and should be considered when
evaluating a source. The terms
‘‘harmonics’’ and ‘‘sub-harmonics’’ have
also been added to the Glossary
(Appendix E) of the Technical
Guidance.
24-Hour Accumulation Period
Comment 96: One commenter
suggested the Guidance’s SELcum metric
should require that the accumulation
period be based on the time an animal
is or could be exposed to the sound and
not necessarily the time the noise
occurs.
Along these same lines, the
Commission noted that the
accumulation period should account for
the biology, ecology, and ecological
setting (e.g., semi-enclosed bay, steepsided underwater canyon) of the
affected animals and recommended that
for activities that last at least 24 hours,
NMFS consult with scientists and
acousticians regarding the applicability
of an accumulation time for species that
occur in a confined or small geographic
area during an extended period of time
and for activities that may affect
resident populations or marine
mammals involved in certain behavior
states (e.g., feeding, breeding/nursing,
socializing). Several other commenters
provided similar examples and made
similar recommendations.
Response: NMFS agrees that the
accumulation time associated with
SELcum metric should be based on the
time the animal is exposed, but notes
that this can be exceedingly difficult if
not impossible or practical to determine
(i.e., an animal’s movement can vary
over space and time).
Further, NMFS acknowledges for
exposure scenarios that occur in
confined geographic areas with resident
populations, case-specific modifications
can be made, if appropriate, to the
accumulation period to capture the
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
potential for extended exposure periods
for these populations. Various factors
could be considered, including
consulting with scientists, if
appropriate.
Comment 97: One commenter
expressed concern that implementing a
fixed accumulation period that is not
based on physiology could have
unintended consequences. The
commenter provided the example of
when an operation lasts for more than
24 hours, the use of a fixed 24-h
accumulation period may result in
animals being ‘‘taken’’ multiple times
and that this may skew the risk
assessment.
Response: The Technical Guidance
focuses on predicting onset of PTS and
TTS, including consideration of energy
accumulation. In the regulatory context,
NMFS acknowledges that the
application of the updated acoustic
thresholds for quantifying take could
result in scenarios where an animal
could be ‘‘taken’’ on multiple days (i.e.,
a stationary source near resident
animals; mobile source continuing over
multiple days), but this is no different
from how take calculations are done
under the current thresholds, nor
should it skew the broader effects
analysis. Ultimately, other factors would
have to be taken into consideration
within a comprehensive effect analysis,
including if the same animals are
exposed or ‘‘taken’’ on multiple days.
Comment 98: Several commenters
recommended that the accumulation
period encompass the entire duration of
an activity and suggested NMFS revise
the Technical Guidance to allow for the
option of SELcum modeling for the
duration of the activity, in order to
allow action proponents the ability to
utilize the approach with the smallest
estimated number of marine mammal
exposures.
Response: NMFS determined the data
currently available for deriving acoustic
thresholds do not support an
accumulation period beyond 24 hours
(e.g., available marine mammal TTS
data are only available for shorter
duration exposures). Further, a key
consideration in accurately
accumulating exposure beyond the
recommended 24-h period is the ability
to accurately predict the location of the
receiver relative to the source. Again,
the understanding of marine mammal
distribution and movement, especially
during periods of sound exposure, is
limited. These data limitations hamper
the ability to make realistic exposure
predictions for longer duration
exposures. However, NMFS
acknowledges that there may be specific
exposure situations where this
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
accumulation period requires
adjustment and will work with action
proponents to make these adjustments
(e.g., a resident population found in a
small and/or confined area; continuous
stationery activity nearby an area where
marine mammals congregate, like a
pinniped pupping beach). Finally,
NMFS recommends use of the approach
that produces the most accurate results
for an activity (i.e., not necessarily the
one that produces the smallest or largest
number of exposures).
Comment 99: Multiple commenters
requested clarification as to whether the
Guidance accounts for the accumulation
of sound from multiple activities in the
same area and multiple sources/phases
associated with a single activity. The
commenters requested that an
alternative method/metric be developed
for multiple sources active in the same
area at the same time (i.e., to better
address cumulative exposure associated
with the entire soundscape).
Specifically, the Commission
recommended that NMFS require action
proponents use the Guidance thresholds
for determining the relevant isopleths
associated with activities that use
multiple sound sources in the same area
during the same timeframe (e.g.,
multibeam echosounders and subbottom profilers simultaneously with
airguns during a seismic survey, various
types of sonar and/or impulsive sources
used simultaneously during a military
exercise), rather than requiring action
proponents to apply the thresholds to
discrete sources used during a specific
activity.
Response: The Technical Guidance
recommends application of the SELcum
metric to assess the impacts of noise on
hearing for individual activities/sources.
Because current data available for
deriving acoustic thresholds are based
on exposure to only a single source, this
metric is not intended for accumulating
sound exposure from multiple activities
occurring within the same area or over
the same time or for multiple sources
within a single activity. Currently,
NMFS is unaware of alternative metrics
available to assess the impacts of noise
on hearing from multiple sound sources.
As more data become available, NMFS
can re-evaluate the use of this metric for
application of exposure from multiple
activities occurring in space and time.
In other contexts, such as masking,
which is expected to occur at much
lower levels and much more likely to
result from the contributions of multiple
sources, NMFS is supporting efforts to
better assess the impact of multiple
sound sources on marine mammals (e.g.,
NOAA Ocean Noise Strategy and
CetSound Projects; National Research
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51717
Council’s Ocean Studies Board’s
Cumulative Effects of Human Activities
on Marine Mammal Populations Study).
Comment 100: The Commission
requested that NMFS provide additional
guidance on how action proponents
unable to incorporate moving sources
should determine the total ensonified
area (and consequently the number of
‘‘takes’’) and recommended that action
proponents unable to model moving
receivers and/or sources determined the
total ensonified area based on a model
accumulating the energy for 24 hours
and then multiplying that ensonified
area by the marine mammal density to
determine the total number of ‘‘takes.’’
The Commission’s approach does not
assume a constant distance from the
source, but rather a total ensonified area
associated with activity lasting 24 hours
(or less if appropriate) and a uniform
density.
Response: Instead of the approach
recommended by the Commission,
NMFS created a simple User
Spreadsheet (released with Technical
Guidance) to aid action proponents in
determining the isopleth associated
with their particular activity, if they are
unable to employ more sophisticated
modeling techniques. The updated
simple methodology is based on the
concept of ‘‘safe distance’’ presented in
Sivle et al. (2014) for moving sources,
with more details presented in
Appendix D of the Guidance. The ‘‘safe
distance’’ is equivalent to isopleths
applicants have calculated in the past,
with area and marine mammal
exposures calculated by the same means
(i.e., multiply isopleth times marine
mammal density) applicants have used
with NMFS’ current thresholds (e.g.,
generic RMS SPL 180/190 dB).
Comment 101: One commenter
requested clarification on several
questions related to the modeling of
exposures using more and less
sophisticated methods: (1) Must a model
be able to incorporate the movement of
both the source and the receivers or at
least the receiver? (2) How will NMFS
determine whether an action proponent
has the ability to model moving
receivers or not? (3) What will be the
difference between an action proponent
employing more sophisticated modeling
capabilities versus those with less
sophisticated capabilities?
Response: An action proponent is
responsible for determining their own
modeling capabilities and, depending
on the source and/or receiver, this might
include movement or not in order to
recreate the most realistic sourcereceiver separation (i.e., variation in
spacing between source and receiver
over space and time). While NMFS does
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
51718
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
not require any particular models be
used, they do evaluate the
appropriateness of models and
associated methodologies used in
estimating acoustic exposures on a caseby-case basis in the context of a
proposed activity. NMFS has provided
an optional User Spreadsheet for action
proponents unable to employ more
sophisticated modeling on their own.
Generally speaking, because it
intentionally includes multiple
conservative assumptions, we expect
the simple, alternative method generally
will result in higher estimates of PTSlevel exposure (which in turn will
translate into higher take estimates). A
comprehensive effects analysis for an
action would take into consideration the
fact that the alternative method results
in overestimates.
Comment 102: Several commenters
indicated that the Guidance needs to
better address the potential of noiseinduced hearing loss from more
continuous sources that operate 24
hours a day for multiple days (e.g.,
renewable energy wind farms/tidal
operations; communication/navigation
beacons). Additionally, a commenter
urged NMFS to consider complementary
devices operating synchronously in
arrays as a continuous sound source,
rather than discrete sources. This same
commenter requested consideration for
continuous noise sources having the
potential to displace an animal from
critical feeding habitat.
Response: In U.S. waters, NMFS is
aware of very few sources with the
potential of operating continuously (i.e.,
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, yearround). However, renewable energy
platforms have the capabilities for these
types of continuous operations. NMFS
acknowledges that continuous
operations can result in higher potential
for exposure accumulation, but the
majority of renewable energy operations
produce relatively low levels of sound
(i.e., close to ambient, especially in
environments conducive to wave or
tidal devices; e.g., Coping et al., 2014;
Schuster et al., 2015) that even over an
accumulation period of 24-h are
unlikely to exceed the PTS onset
thresholds. As for the operation of
communication/navigation beacons,
these types of sources have a multitude
of characteristics (e.g., source level, duty
cycle, frequency band, beam width/
orientation) but generally have
relatively short pulse lengths and
produce higher frequencies (i.e., greater
ability for sound to attenuate) reducing
the likelihood of exposure resulting in
cumulative effects. Finally, regarding
the comment about displacing an
animal from critical feeding habitat, the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
Technical Guidance focuses on the
effects of noise on marine mammal
hearing and does not address
displacement.
As previously addressed in a prior
comment, because a sound operates 24h a day does not necessarily mean a
receiver is exposed to that source for
that entire period (i.e., marine mammals
are capable of moving vertically or
horizontally in the water column) or
that it is exposed to levels capable of
inducing noise induced threshold shifts.
In other words, having an accurate
understanding of the spatial and
temporal overlap between a source and
receiver is important in being able to
accurately predict exposures.
Recovery
Comment 103: Multiple commenters
recommended that the Guidance
consider data on marine mammal
recovery from noise exposure.
Specifically, one commenter suggested
the use of a ‘‘leaky-integrator model’’
that accumulates sound energy and
account for potential physiological
recovery in a time-dependent manner
(described by a time constant). The
commenter indicated that the value of
the time constant(s) is not known but
could be conservatively estimated.
Contrary to this comment, another
commenter cautioned that recovery
times have generally been measured
only during quiet periods within
laboratory settings and that in the open
ocean, it is likely that free-ranging
animals will be exposed to sound
during the recovery period.
Response: Recovery is an important
consideration in assessing the effects of
noise on marine mammals, and the
Technical Guidance includes general
information on recovery. We also agree
recovery in the open ocean is more
complex than measured in a laboratory
setting. Currently, there are not enough
data to directly take recovery into
consideration in the development of
acoustic thresholds (and this is
specifically identified as a research
recommendation in Appendix B),
including the integration of a ‘‘leakyintegrator model.’’ As more data become
available, NMFS can re-evaluate this
issue. NMFS has provided additional
text in the Technical Guidance to
address why recovery was not directly
considered in a quantitative manner.
NMFS has also provided more
clarification in the text regarding
recovery and the Technical Guidance
baseline accumulation period.
Comment 104: One commenter
suggested that the Guidance’s
accumulation period be ‘‘reset’’ to zero
only when there has been a sufficiently
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
long silent period (i.e., not
automatically after 24 hours). The
commenter referred to NMFS’ interim
injury impact pile driving criteria for
fishes, which assumes that
accumulation from zero occurs only
after a recovery period of 12 hours
without sound exposure.
Response: NMFS’ interim injury
criteria for fishes pertain to smaller pile
driving activities (i.e., primarily
associated with construction) that only
occur during daylight hours, where
resetting the accumulation period and
allowing for a 12-h recovery period is
possible. However, some activities
covered by the scope of this Technical
Guidance continue for longer than 24
hours (e.g., seismic survey) and only
resetting the accumulation after a
sufficiently long silent period (i.e., 12 to
24 hours) is not feasible. The data
currently available for deriving acoustic
thresholds do not support an
accumulation period beyond 24 hours,
and accumulating over the entire
activity duration (i.e., beyond 24 hours)
could result in unrealistic exposure
results (e.g., difficult to predict the
temporal and spatial variability of a
receivers over multiple days; see
Response to Comment 79).
Comment 105: One commenter noted
that if TTS and/or PTS are caused by
build-up of free radicals in the hair cell
synapses (e.g., McFadden et al., 2005),
then exposure over extended periods
must take the clearance rate of the free
radicals into consideration. The
commenter indicated that a 24-h period
might be a reasonable approach based
on human audiometry but that given the
absence of sufficient marine mammal
data, it may be necessary to consider
SELcum over periods of greater than 24
hours in situations where sources are
loudest (e.g., large seismic airgun
surveys) and propagation loss is lowest.
Response: NMFS acknowledges there
are a multitude of factors that affect
recovery from noise-induced hearing
loss, including clearance of free
radicals, making recovery complex.
Further, there is a lack of data,
especially for marine mammals. That
said, NMFS acknowledges there may be
some situations where the accumulation
period needs to be extended beyond 24
hours depending on case-specific
scenarios. However, these should be
exceptions and not the norm (i.e.,
proposed accumulations periods
represent the typical exposure scenario;
see Response to Comment 79).
Comment 106: Multiple commenters
expressed concern that several of the
recovery time lengths in the marine
mammal TTS literature have been
reported to exceed 24 hours and
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
indicate the Guidance’s acoustic
thresholds may not be sufficiently
conservative. Further, several
commenters requested that NMFS
consider recovery in terms of exposure
to other stressors, since these stressors
may exacerbate threshold shifts and/or
recovery.
Response: NMFS acknowledges that
recovery from noise exposure is
extremely complex and depends on a
multitude of factors, which is why
recovery was not directly integrated into
the Technical Guidance’s recommended
accumulation period or into the acoustic
thresholds. As NMFS notes in the
Technical Guidance, threshold shifts on
the order of the established PTS onset
(i.e., 40 dB) recorded in marine mammal
laboratory studies have still resulted in
recovery. Additionally, NMFS has made
several conservative assumptions in the
development of its acoustic thresholds
(see Response to Comment 77). NMFS
has added a research recommendation
relating to examining noise under
realistic exposure scenarios, including
consideration of other stressors.
Comment 107: Several commenters
suggested that the accumulation period
allow for the consideration of periods of
reduced or no sound (e.g., power-downs
and line turns during seismic activities).
Response: NMFS agrees that powerdowns associated with line turns (not
associated with mitigation, which can
be unpredictable) should be accounted
for in modeling, particularly with the
accumulation period (i.e., total exposure
period within a 24-h period, excluding
periods when there is no exposure).
Appendix D: Alternative Methodology
(Formerly Identified as the User Guide)
Comment 108: Several commenters
indicated that the Guidance should not
be finalized until the public has been
given the opportunity to evaluate
NMFS’ user tools (i.e., having these
tools is necessary to perform a thorough
analysis of the Guidance).
Response: NMFS disagrees. See
Response to Comment 3.
Comment 109: It was suggested by a
commenter that an alternative method is
unnecessary, as it is unlikely animals
will remain close enough to a source to
exceed the Guidance’s SELcum
thresholds (i.e., PK is anticipated to be
the dominant metric, resulting in the
largest isopleth for most, if not all
situations).
Response: NMFS disagrees that the
PK should be assumed to be the
threshold resulting in the most
conservative (i.e., largest) isopleth for
most sources. Furthermore, as a result of
public comment, NMFS decided to
remove the PK thresholds for non-
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
impulsive sounds. For impulsive
sounds, NMFS recommends an action
proponent fully evaluate their sound
source to determine which metric
would be dominant. NMFS agrees it
may be unlikely that animals would
remain close to a source for extended
periods of time in most exposure
situations. However, predicting animal
movement and distribution, especially
during sound exposure scenarios, is
difficult. Finally, NMFS recognizes that
in updating our acoustic thresholds to
reflect the best available science, they
have become more complex. Thus,
Appendix D provides a set of tools,
examples, and weighting factor
adjustments to allow action proponents
with different levels of exposure
modeling capabilities to reasonably
approximate PTS onset, using the
updated acoustic thresholds, for all
sound sources.
Comment 110: Several commenters
requested NMFS explain how the
SELcum acoustic threshold should be
used to determine if an auditory impact
would occur. Commenters
recommended more guidance on how
this would be implemented for a couple
of example projects (i.e. stationary
source such as pile driving, and moving
source such as seismic).
Response: Due to the diverse array of
potential sound sources, it is
impractical for NMFS to provide
specific, detailed example calculations
within the Technical Guidance.
However, NMFS is providing a simple
optional User Spreadsheet to aid action
proponents unable to perform more
sophisticated exposure modeling. This
spreadsheet specifically provides a
means of applying the Technical
Guidance’s thresholds and simplified
weighting (WFAs) and calculates
isopleths associated with thresholds
expressed as SELcum. Thus, example
calculations can be completed by using
the optional User Spreadsheet. Those
using more sophisticated models (e.g.,
animats) would presumably have some
other means of accounting for
cumulative exposure, like an ‘‘acoustic
dosimeter,’’ and would not necessarily
need to determine a SELcum threshold
distance (see Response to Comment
114).
Comment 111: Concern was expressed
by several commenters that the
alternative methodology provided in
Appendix D would limit flexibility to
assess the impacts of noise on marine
mammal hearing.
Response: Action proponents are not
obligated to use the alternative
methodology and may perform more
sophisticated modeling or consider
additional action- or location-specific
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51719
factors, if able. Thus, action proponents
are given flexibility in terms of their
exposure modeling.
Comment 112: Several commenters
were concerned that the highly
technical nature of the Guidance does
not lend itself to direct and consistent
application, particularly by non-experts
and indicated that alternative
methodology could result in more
restrictive acoustic criteria for the
smaller action proponents.
Response: NMFS has produced an
associated simple optional User
Spreadsheet that has been finalized with
the Technical Guidance to assist
stakeholders in applying the updated
acoustic thresholds associated with the
more complex SELcum thresholds,
including tools to help those that cannot
incorporate more complicated auditory
weighting functions (see Response to
Comments 70 and 100).
NMFS acknowledges that less
sophisticated exposure models may
result in higher exposure estimates
because these models do not incorporate
as many factors as more sophisticated
models. Action proponents are
encouraged to incorporate as many
appropriate factors into their modeling
as possible. An action proponent is not
obligated to use the simpler tools
provided by NMFS, if they can provide
equally or more realistic exposure
modeling on their own.
Comment 113: One commenter noted
that the NMFS’ West Coast Region
provides a SELcum calculator for
estimating impacts to fishes during
impact pile driving, including the
incorporation of an ‘‘effective quiet’’
value, and requested a similar calculator
be provided for marine mammals. The
commenter recommended a consistent
process for accumulating energy and
assessing impacts to all species under
NMFS’ purview.
Response: The Technical Guidance
provides a similar SELcum calculator for
marine mammals, but effective quiet
will not be directly incorporated into
the marine mammal calculator because
NMFS determined there are not enough
data at this time to do so. NMFS
believes it is consistent in how it
assesses acoustic impacts for the various
species under its jurisdiction but, there
may be exceptions that depend on
various factors (e.g., species-specific
considerations, data availability, etc.).
Model Specifications
Comment 114: Multiple commenters
indicated that the Guidance suggests
that a variety of model approaches
could be employed in applying the
Guidance’s acoustic thresholds. Instead,
the commenters suggested that NMFS
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
51720
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
recommended standardized computer
models or modeling requirements,
which would allow regulators, industry,
and the public to run repeatable
analysis to verify acoustic data based on
NMFS’ recommendations. The
commenters expressed concern that it is
likely that both the current range of
modeling vendor choices and their
capacity will be inadequate to fulfill the
agency’s requirements, which could
lead to unwarranted permitting delays
or costs, and suggested a transition
period to necessitate the expansion of
the pool of adequate modeling expertise
and vendors. Finally, a commenter
recommended that NMFS undertake
model validation/verification as part of
the process of developing the final
acoustic criteria.
Response: Providing standard
computer models for analysis or
modeling requirements associated with
the application of the Technical
Guidance’s acoustic thresholds and/or
auditory weighting functions, as well as
model validation/verification, is beyond
the scope of this exercise. The adequacy
of models will depend on a multitude
of factors, including the activity (source)
and potential receivers. Because the
updated acoustic thresholds are more
complex, simpler alternatives have been
provided (e.g., User Spreadsheet with
weighting factor adjustments for those
unable to fully incorporate auditory
weighting functions), which can be used
until the pool of adequate modeling
expertise is expanded. Further, NMFS
recognizes there will be a transition
period before the Guidance is fully
used. (See previous section in this
Notice on Transitioning to the Technical
Guidance).
Comment 115: The Commission
recommended that the Guidance
provide specifications necessary to
perform exposure modeling. They
indicate that it is NMFS’ responsibility,
as a regulatory agency, to make required
findings and direct action proponents to
the appropriate types of models,
including inputs and appropriate factors
to be considered within those models.
Response: NMFS does not currently
provide modeling specifications and has
no current plans to do so. NMFS will
provide some technical assistance to
prospective applicants who request it
and will continue to evaluate the
models that are used in submitted
compliance documents to ensure they
are adequate and appropriate.
Comment 116: The Commission
commented on the two alternative
models (i.e., one for moving sources and
one for stationary sources) provided in
the 2015 Draft Guidance Appendix D.
Specifically, the Commission requested
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
that more information be provided
whether the 3–D ‘‘safe distance’’
methodology of Sivle et al. (2014) for
moving sources is applicable to NMFS’
2–D application specified in the
Guidance. The Commission requests
this aspect be submitted for peer review.
BOEM expressed concern that the
methodology of Sivle et al. (2014) is not
appropriate for directional sources or for
receivers that are not at the same depth
as the source (e.g., sperm whales). The
Guidance states that this methodology is
independent of exposure duration, and
BOEM states this is inconsistent with
the document’s recommendation of a
24-h baseline accumulation period.
Further, BOEM recommended that this
method include a representative depth
typical of the species being modeled.
Response: NMFS reiterates that the
two models referred by the Commission
are alternative methods. Action
proponents are not obligated to use
these methods. Although Sivle et al.
(2014) accounted for the depth of
herring to determine the percent of the
winter and summer populations
exceeding the ‘‘safe distance’’ associated
with exposure to naval sonar, the
calculation of ‘‘safe distance’’ (i.e.,
equations in the Technical Guidance)
makes minimal assumptions associated
with the receiver (i.e., the receiver is
stationary and does not exhibit
avoidance or attraction to the source)
and does not directly account for
receiver depth or density. It only
provides the distance from the source
(i.e., isopleth) beyond which a threshold
is exceeded. Thus, NMFS believes that
this methodology is appropriate for 2–
D applications. NMFS has added
information about the assumptions
associated with the receiver within the
Technical Guidance for clarity. NMFS
does not believe additional peer review
is need for this aspect of the Technical
Guidance because the methodology
(Sivle et al., 2014) has already
undergone peer review as part of its
publication in ICES Journal of Marine
Science.
Addressing concerns raised by BOEM,
it is correct that the methods of Sivle et
al. (2014) may not be representative for
directional sources and are likely to
result in more conservative exposures
(i.e., model does not account for source
directivity and isopleths produced
assume an omnidirectional source;
meaning that it produces an isopleth
equal in all directions). However for
directional sources, the source level
parameter associated with this
methodology assumes the values
provided are those relating to the
direction producing the maximum level.
Again, this optional methodology does
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
not make any assumptions about the
depth of the receiver: it only provides
an isopleth associated with a particular
acoustic threshold. It is possible that the
depth of the receiver can accounted for
in terms of depth-dependent density
(i.e., percentage of time species is
located at a particular depth). However,
accounting for specific characteristics
associated with the receiver (e.g., depth
distribution, density, behavioral
response, etc.) is beyond the scope of
this document.
Finally, the reason this optional
methodology is independent of
exposure duration is because it only
considers one pass of the source relative
to receiver, with the closest points of
approach incurring the greatest
accumulation (i.e., once the source
moves past the closest point of approach
accumulation is only further reduced as
the source moves farther and farther
away). Accumulating past the
recommended 24-h accumulation
period does not result in the addition of
any significant amount to the
cumulative sound exposure of the
receiver. The model can be adjusted to
account for shorter accumulation
periods. However, the equations become
more complex and more difficult to
implement.
Comment 117: Several commenters
expressed concerns over a potential
short-coming associated with the
optional ‘‘safe distance’’ method (Sivle
et al., 2014) accounting for cumulative
exposure for moving sources,
specifically its ability to allow only for
the inclusion of spherical spreading as
a propagation model. It was suggested
that other propagation models,
especially those more conservative
spreading models associated with
shallow water, need to be incorporated
into this methodology. Related to this,
BOEM indicated that the Guidance’s
‘‘source factor’’ definitions closely
resembled cylindrical spreading
(10TL/10), rather than spherical
spreading (10TL/20) and expressed a
concern over whether Mean Squared
Pressure (MSP) or Equivalent Plane
Wave Intensity (EPWI) terms were used,
and that the terms ‘‘S,’’ ‘‘SE,’’ and ‘‘E0’’
in the Guidance appear to have similar
units, but they do not.
Additionally, these commenters
provided an example to assess the
appropriateness of the ‘‘safe distance’’
methodology by examining the modeled
radii from four parallel passes, within a
24-h period, from a 3300 cubic inch
airgun. Based on their modeling, it was
suggested that NMFS lower thresholds
for LF cetacean and PW pinnipeds, raise
thresholds for HF cetaceans, and adjust
the same distance methodology to
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
account for the number of passes within
an area during a 24-h period. There was
no detail provided by the commenter on
what these adjustments should be.
Response: NMFS acknowledges the
concerns and potential limitations of the
optional ‘‘safe distance’’ methodology
but believes other assumptions
associated with this methodology
ensure as a whole it remains
precautionary. The incorporation of
other types of spreading models results
in a more complicated equation making
the methodology less easy to
implement. However, many mobile
sources, like seismic airguns or sonar,
produce sound that is highly-directional
(i.e., most of time sound source is
directed to the ocean floor, with less
sound propagating horizontally,
compared to the vertical direction), and
directionality is not accounted for with
this methodology (see Response to
previous comment). Additionally, many
higher-frequency sounds, like sonar, are
also attenuated by absorption, which is
also not taken into account in this
methodology. Thus, there are other
considerations beyond spherical
spreading, including other conservative
factors (i.e., simplified incorporation of
auditory weighting factors, the receiver
does not avoid the source, etc.) to
consider when assessing whether the
use of this optional methodology will
result in a potential underestimate of
exposure. Thus, despite these simple
assumptions, NMFS believes the
optional ‘‘safe distance’’ approach offers
a better approximation of the sourcereceiver distance over space and time
for various mobile sources than
choosing a set accumulation period for
all sources, which assumes a fixed
source-receiver distance over that time,
and encourages the development/
validation of alternative models,
including the assessment optional
models provided in the Technical
Guidance (see Appendix B: Research
Recommendations).
As for BOEM’s comments regarding
MSP vs. EPWI terms, by following ANSI
definitions within the Guidance, NMFS
is implicitly using MSP terms. The term
‘‘source factor’’ within the Guidance is
based on a source level being defined as
pressure squared, which why it may
appear to resemble cylindrical
spreading, rather than spherical
spreading. This additional information
was added to provide clarity. BOEM is
correct that the terms ‘‘S,’’ ‘‘SE,’’ and
‘‘E0’’ that appear in the Technical
Guidance do not have identical units.
NMFS understands the potential
confusion, since this information was
not included in the 2015 July Draft
Guidance. A section has been added in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
Appendix D providing these units in the
Technical Guidance (i.e., See section
3.2.1.1 Linear Equivalents).
In response to the commenter’s
modeled example, NMFS disagrees with
the appropriateness of this comparison.
One of the assumptions associated with
the optional ‘‘safe distance’’
methodology is that the source moves at
a constant speed and in a constant
direction. Thus, this model is not
sophisticated enough to account for
situations for multiple passes and
should not be used for these situations
(i.e., NMFS would recommend an action
proponent in this situation to find a
more appropriate means of modeling
exposure, or work with NMFS to
determine if the ‘‘safe distance’’
methodology can be appropriately
modified to account for multiple passes
from a source). Thus, it is not
unexpected that there are several
discrepancies between the commenter’s
modeled isopleths and those provided
by the ‘‘safe distance’’ method,
including the use of different weighting
functions and thresholds, by the
commenter, compared to those in the
Technical Guidance. NMFS believes the
Technical Guidance represents the best
available science and disagrees that
adjustments to the document’s acoustic
thresholds is supported.
Technical Guidance Implementation
and Regulatory Context
Comment 118: One commenter
recommended that the Guidance solely
focus on providing the technical basis
for acoustic thresholds (i.e., best
available science) rather than containing
substantial implementation language in
the document. The commenter
indicated that limiting the purpose of
the Guidance to solely providing
technical background would allow
flexibility to incorporate new
technologies and information as they
become available.
Response: NMFS agrees and revised
the title of the Guidance to reflect its
technical, scientific nature. The
Technical Guidance is a compilation,
interpretation, and synthesis of the
available literature. Application of the
updated acoustic thresholds remains
consistent with current NMFS practice.
That information on regulatory context
has been moved to this Notice. Any
changes to application in the regulatory
context are separate from the basis for
updating the thresholds themselves,
where advances in scientific knowledge
are the drivers.
Comment 119: One commenter
requested the Technical Guidance
provide a brief reference to its use in the
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51721
current 14-question MMPA incidental
take application.
Response: The Technical Guidance is
a compilation, interpretation, and
synthesis of the scientific literature on
the impacts of sound on marine
mammal hearing. There is no change to
the use of thresholds in the regulatory
context. No specific reference is
required in our implementing
regulations.
Comment 120: One commenter noted
that the MMPA mandates that ‘‘Level
A’’ harassment includes not only the
actual or likely onset of injury, but also
the potential for injury and that the ESA
definition of ‘‘harm’’ encompasses
temporary injuries or impairments that
impact essential behavior. The
commenter expressed concern that
setting the threshold for ‘‘Level A’’
harassment under the MMPA and
‘‘harm’’ under the ESA at the actual
onset of injury is inconsistent with the
statutory mandates, which seek to
protect against the risk of, or potential
for, injury and recommended that
NMFS must set a protective threshold in
order to comply with its statutory
mandates (i.e., one that interprets the
existing literature conservatively
enough to reflect the potentiality of
harm).
Response: The Technical Guidance
auditory impact thresholds were based
on scientifically-based judgments,
including accounting for uncertainty
and variability, developed to stand
independent of interpretations of
statutory terms such as ‘‘take,’’ ‘‘harm,’’
and ‘‘harassment.’’ At the same time, the
thresholds were designed for use in
NMFS’ regulatory analyses.
NMFS incorporated several
conservative assumptions in the
development of the PTS onset
thresholds to account for the potential
for PTS onset (see Response to
Comment 77). Further, there are several
examples of marine mammal exposure
exceeding the Guidance’s PTS
thresholds, where recovery has occurred
(see recent review in Finneran 2015).
Comment 121: Several commenters
provided examples of how the
weighting function and thresholds
compare to data collected in the field
during SSV measurements (e.g., seismic
and impact piled driving). The
commenters’ analysis operated on the
assumption that the weighting functions
and thresholds should provide equal
results when compared to the weighting
functions and thresholds in Southall et
al. (2007), and argued that results
stemming from the Guidance ‘‘did not
yield the most reliable or cautionary
results.’’ In one example, it is stated that
these comparisons are ‘‘at odds with the
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
51722
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
reports of the sensitivity of beaked
whales to pulsed sounds.’’
Response: NMFS appreciates the
commenter’s efforts to provide examples
and comparisons using the Technical
Guidance. However, we disagree that
the Technical Guidance must yield
similar results to those provided in
Southall et al. (2007), since available
data and methodology has significantly
evolved since 2007. For example,
marine mammal weighting functions
(M-weighting) from Southall et al.
(2007) were derived in a more simplistic
manner than the updated methodology
provided in Appendix A, which directly
uses audiogram and TTS data to derive
weighting functions. Thus, the Southall
et al. (2007) M-weighting functions are
broader than those provided in the
Technical Guidance and would
inherently result in larger, more
conservative isopleths. Although the
isopleths derived using the Technical
Guidance results are smaller in
comparison to those from Southall et al.
(2007), they are not necessarily
unreliable.
In addition, NMFS is aware that the
Southall et al. (2007) panel is in the
process of updating its paper. It is
anticipated that their proposed
weighting functions will not be as broad
(most susceptible frequency range) as
their original M-weighting functions
(i.e., they will be more aligned with
those presented in the Technical
Guidance). Regarding beaked whale
sensitivity, NMFS agrees these species
are often classified as a ‘‘particularly
sensitive’’ group, but in the context of
behavioral responses. The Technical
Guidance does not pertain to behavioral
responses, only effects of noise on
hearing. The assumption that this
enhanced sensitivity carries over to
hearing and susceptibility to noiseinduced hearing loss is currently
unsupported by beaked whale AEP
measurements (e.g., Finneran et al.,
2009; Pacini et al.. 2011) or
transmission pathway modeling (e.g.,
Cranford et al., 2008) .
Comment 122: Several commenters
remarked that the Guidance does not
explain the anticipated impact of the
acoustic thresholds on the regulated
community. Because the Guidance will
be applied in a range of regulatory
actions, it was recommended that NMFS
undertake a study comparing the
assessment approach described in the
Guidance with the current assessment
methods to demonstrate the regulatory
implications of the proposed acoustic
thresholds.
Response: The Technical Guidance
represents the culmination of a robust
assessment of the scientific literature to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
derive updated, science-based auditory
impact thresholds for marine mammals.
The overall assessment approach in the
regulatory context has not changed from
current agency practice.
The acoustic thresholds presented in
the Technical Guidance use different
metrics compared to the current
thresholds. In some situations,
depending on the sound source, species
of interest, and duration of exposure,
application of the updated acoustic
thresholds may result in greater
estimates of PTS (and therefore more
‘‘takes’’) than under the existing
thresholds, while in other situations the
opposite result may occur. Examining
all possible scenarios associated with
the wide range of potential activities is
not feasible.
Comment 123: Multiple commenters
expressed concern that the Guidance
will unnecessarily result in an increased
burden to action proponents during the
permitting process and would lead to an
increased number of shutdowns or
longer survey duration, with increased
costs and safety risks.
Response: NMFS recognizes the
advancing science on auditory impacts
has led to more complex set of
thresholds and methodology for
evaluating impacts and has provided a
simplified alternative methodology to
alleviate some of the burden associated
with applying the more complex
acoustic thresholds and auditory
weighting functions.
In terms of effects on activities
themselves, the Guidance does not
address consequences for mitigation
requirements in a regulatory context.
This will depend on the particular
aspects of an action, taking into account
the comprehensive effects analysis and
regulatory considerations. NMFS notes
that there are no requirements that
mitigation measures directly correspond
to acoustic thresholds (See Response to
Comment 11).
Comment 124: One commenter
expressed concern that applying the
alternative methods provided in the
Guidance could result in unrealistically
high exposure estimates. The
commenter recommended that the
Guidance include more explanation to
inform action proponents about the
potential costs, benefits, and
consequences of methodologies that
directly use auditory weighting
functions and those that do not
(alternative methods).
Response: NMFS notes it will be an
action proponent’s decision as to how
they model and estimate their potential
impacts to marine mammals. Analyzing
the potential cost/benefits of the
methodologies applied is beyond the
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
scope of the document and will vary
depending on the activity/sound source
and species impacted. The optional
WFAs provided in the Technical
Guidance should assist action
proponents with incorporating auditory
weighting functions and should provide
very similar (if not identical) results for
narrow-band sources and larger
isopleths for broadband sources,
depending on how much information
the action proponent can provide
regarding the frequency composition of
their source (i.e., can provide the 95
percent frequency contour percentile or
rely on the more conservative default
WFA values).
Comment 125: Multiple commenters
requested more information on how
NMFS will transition from previously
applied thresholds to the acoustic
thresholds provided in the Guidance
(e.g., how will it affect applications/
consultations completed, in process and
beyond) and expressed concerned over
the potential for delays and NMFS’ time
requirements to process permits based
on the Guidance.
Further, one commenter remarked
that NMFS’ intention to update the
acoustic thresholds based on newly
available information is valid from a
scientific point of view, but from a
practical aspect could be confusing,
could promote regulatory uncertainty,
and has the potential to affect
permitting timelines. The commenter
indicated that planning for certain
activities can take multiple years to
complete, with the introduction of
additional uncertainty potentially
adversely affecting the ability of action
proponents to plan for and comply with
the Guidance.
Similarly, several commenters
requested clarification as to how the
Guidance would be implemented in (a)
the context of a five-year incidental take
regulation (ITR) (with specific take
authorizations by letters of
authorization (LOA)) and (b) when
numerous IHAs are issued for a given
area in the absence of an ITR.
Specifically, a commenter asked if
different methods will be used to
estimate the amount of authorized
incidental ‘‘take’’ in each of these
contexts and how, if at all, will
authorized ‘‘take’’ be allocated over
certain periods of time in one or both of
these contexts?
Response: NMFS acknowledges there
will be some lag between updates in the
best available information and the
ability to incorporate that new
information into ongoing processes. We
refer readers to the section of this Notice
addressing Transitioning to the
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
Technical Guidance for more
information.
Comment 126: One commenter
suggested that the Guidance provides an
opportunity for NMFS to clarify its
policy on ‘‘takes’’ vs. ‘‘animals taken.’’
The commenter indicated that just
because an animal is ‘‘exposed’’ to a
sound source does not necessarily
equate to a ‘‘take’’ or an impact as
defined in the MMPA and provided the
following example with migratory (e.g.,
50 takes with individuals being taken
once) vs. resident species (e.g., 50 takes
with ten individuals being taken five
time each). Similarly, a commenter
requested that NMFS should clarify
that, in estimating numbers of auditory
impacts for management purposes, take
numbers will be calculated for each day
of exposure and then added to obtain
the total estimate. For example,
assuming an equal daily risk of eight
exposures that exceed PTS thresholds
for some species over a 10-day piledriving project, the total potential PTSlevel take would be 80 animals. The
Navy has long employed this method of
calculation, but its use by other
applicants (e.g., seismic operators) has
been inconsistent. Notably, this method
would not account for multiple takes of
individual marine mammals and the
cumulative impact on hearing that
would result from those takes.
Response: The Technical Guidance is
designed for assessing the impact of
underwater noise on marine mammal
hearing by providing scientificallybased auditory weighting functions and
acoustic thresholds. It does not address
how to calculate takes in various
situations. Those considerations are
case-specific and based on multiple
considerations, including spatial and
temporal overlap between the sound
source and a receiver). Moreover, factors
like whether a marine mammal species
or stock is migratory or resident (among
numerous other factors), are considered
within a broader comprehensive effects
analysis when such information is
available.
Comment 127: The Commission
commented that the Guidance states
that an alternative approach may be
proposed (by federal agencies or other
action proponents) and used if casespecific information or data indicate
that the alternative approach is likely to
produce a more accurate estimate of
Level A Harassment, harm, or auditory
injury for the proposed activities. Such
a proposed alternative approach may be
used if NMFS determines that the
approach satisfies the requirements of
the applicable statutes and regulations.
The Commission noted that NMFS has
not provided any criteria under which
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
such an exception could be invoked and
is allowing action proponents to waive
the Guidance’s acoustic thresholds. The
Commission does not support this
approach and recommends that NMFS
require all action proponents to
implement the final acoustic thresholds
until such time that they are amended
or revised by NMFS.
Similar to the Commission’s concerns,
another commenter indicated any
alternative approach must be at least as
protective as methods prescribed in the
Guidance, which have at least
undergone peer review and public
notice and comment. Alternatively, the
commenter suggested that more
conservative approaches should be used
if a project’s circumstances require a
lower threshold for ‘‘take’’ based on
specific factors, such as geographic
region, oceanographic conditions, low
abundance, species site fidelity, prey
impacts or cumulative impacts.
Contrary to the comments above, a
few commenters indicated that they
welcome the opportunity for action
proponents to propose alternative
approaches to those presented in the
Guidance. The commenters noted that
this flexibility will enable innovation
within the bounds of regulatory
compliance and that are appropriate and
justified (e.g., there are many ways to
estimate potential exposures of marine
mammals to various sound levels).
Response: The Technical Guidance is
not a regulation or rule. It does not
create or confer any rights for or on any
person, or operate to bind the public.
However, it is NMFS’ assessment of the
best available information for
determining auditory impacts from
exposure to anthropogenic sound and it
has undergone extensive peer and
public review. With that in mind, NMFS
agrees with the comment that any
alternative approach should be peer
reviewed before it is used instead of the
updated thresholds in the Technical
Guidance (or the alternative
methodology). With that addition to
NMFS’ statement in the Draft Guidance,
an alternative approach that has
undergone independent peer review
may be proposed if in NMFS’ view it ‘‘is
likely to produce an equally or more
accurate estimate of auditory impacts
for the project being evaluated, if NMFS
determines the approach satisfies the
requirements of the applicable statutes
and regulations.’’ NMFS believes this
sets a fairly high bar as to what type of
data/alternative approach would justify
a departure from the Guidance’s
auditory weighting functions and/or
acoustic thresholds, especially in terms
of the HISA standards to which this
Guidance adheres. Additionally, action
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
51723
proponents are afforded flexibility for
factors beyond the Guidance’s auditory
weighting functions and/or acoustic
thresholds (e.g., propagation modeling,
exposure modeling) as a means to
accurately predict and assess the effects
of noise on marine mammals.
Comment 128: Multiple commenters
requested flexibility associated with the
accumulation period, especially for
projects with a stationary source and for
action proponents with limited ability
to conduct detailed modeling (e.g., pile
driving projects). The commenters
recommended that NMFS allow for the
flexibility to make project-specific
adjustments based on physical or
biological factors associated with the
activity.
Response: NMFS acknowledges that
all action proponents may not have the
same level capabilities to apply the
Technical Guidance and has provided
an optional User Spreadsheet for action
proponents that wish to avail
themselves of it. Additionally, NMFS
recognizes there may be some situations
where project-specific modification may
be necessary (i.e., action proponent
should contact NMFS to discuss projectspecific issues that are beyond scope of
Technical Guidance).
Comment 129: One commenter
expressed concern that the updated
acoustic thresholds could underestimate
instances of PTS/TTS from permitted
activities because marine mammals can
be elusive and observations from
protected species observers are few in
relation to the estimated abundance.
Similarly, one commenter asked how
the acoustic thresholds would be used
to calculate ‘‘take’’ after an activity is
completed.
Response: The acoustic thresholds are
just one tool used to predict ‘‘take’’
calculations. Other factors (e.g., sound
propagation or marine mammal density/
occurrence) contribute to these
calculations though they are beyond the
scope of the Technical Guidance. NMFS
notes that the Technical Guidance’s
intended purpose is as a tool for
predicting potential impacts of noise on
hearing before an activity occurs (and
perhaps afterward).
Comment 130: The Commission
requested clarification on how and
when action proponents should use the
qualitative factors identified within the
Guidance and expressed concern that
these factors could be used to allow for
a reduction in ‘‘take’’ estimates based on
subjective judgments rather than best
available science. The Commission
recommended that NMFS remove the
list of qualitative factors listed and
incorporate it by reference in the text
and not allow action proponents to use
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
51724
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices
those factors to modify isopleths or
numbers of ‘‘takes’’ resulting from the
quantitative thresholds.
Response: NMFS’ intent of providing
qualitative factors for consideration was
to acknowledge that when additional
data may become available in the future;
these additional factors may be
incorporated with quantitative PTS
onset thresholds. At this time, however,
it is not NMFS’ intent for these factors
to reduce quantitative exposure
estimates based on subjective judgment.
The Technical Guidance acknowledges
that these factors are important for
consideration within the comprehensive
effects analysis on a qualitative basis. To
avoid confusion, NMFS removed the list
of qualitative factors from the threshold
tables and placed this information in
Appendix B: Research
Recommendations.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2
Miscellaneous Issues
Comment 131: One commenter
requested clarification was on how
much an acoustic threshold would need
to change to update the Technical
Guidance and suggested updates only
occur when thresholds change by at
least 5 dB.
Response: NMFS has provided a
procedure and timeline for updating the
Guidance (Section III of main Guidance
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:46 Aug 03, 2016
Jkt 238001
document) and will evaluate new
studies as they become available,
including in the context of existing data,
before determining the impact to the
acoustic thresholds.
Comment 132: One commenter
recommended the Guidance include a
table indicating a species’ hearing
ability, sound production
characteristics, and genetic relatedness
to other species in order to determine
when there are enough individuals of a
particular species or genus to warrant
species- or genus-specific acoustic
thresholds, rather than relying on
hearing group thresholds.
Response: NMFS has used the best
available science to support the division
marine mammals into five hearing
groups, including the derivation of
composite audiograms based on
available hearing data, and declines to
include the requested table as it goes
beyond the scope of the Technical
Guidance. As science progresses (i.e.,
more data on hearing, sound
production, genetics become available),
NMFS will determine if further
refinements of hearing groups and their
associated auditory thresholds are
needed.
Comment 133: Several commenters
requested that additional terms be better
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
defined in the Guidance (e.g., isopleth,
narrowband, roll-off, equal latency).
Response: NMFS has added and
defined these terms in the Glossary
(Appendix E) and/or provided more
clarification within the Technical
Guidance.
Comment 134: A few commenters
suggested improvements to the
Guidance, including technical editing,
literature citation verification, and the
inclusion of more plain language.
Response: NMFS has verified that all
references used in the Technical
Guidance appear in the Literature Cited
section and has included more plain
language, when possible. However,
NMFS notes this is a highly technical
document, with most of the terms not
easily subjected to plain language
revisions without altering the accepted
meaning of those terms. Additionally,
definitions for technical terms used in
this document are defined in the
Glossary (Appendix E).
Dated: July 29, 2016.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2016–18462 Filed 8–3–16; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM
04AUN2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 81, Number 150 (Thursday, August 4, 2016)]
[Notices]
[Pages 51693-51724]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2016-18462]
[[Page 51693]]
Vol. 81
Thursday,
No. 150
August 4, 2016
Part IV
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on
Marine Mammal Hearing--Underwater Acoustic Thresholds for Onset of
Permanent and Temporary Threshold Shifts; Notice
Federal Register / Vol. 81 , No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 /
Notices
[[Page 51694]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
RIN 0648-XC969
Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic
Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing--Underwater Acoustic Thresholds for
Onset of Permanent and Temporary Threshold Shifts
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Notice.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) announces the
availability of its final Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects
of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing--Underwater Acoustic
Thresholds for Onset of Permanent and Temporary Threshold Shifts
(Technical Guidance or Guidance) that provides updated received levels,
or acoustic thresholds, above which individual marine mammals under
NMFS' jurisdiction are predicted to experience changes in their hearing
sensitivity (either temporary or permanent) for all underwater
anthropogenic sound sources.
ADDRESSES: The Technical Guidance is available in electronic form via
the Internet at https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Amy R. Scholik-Schlomer, Office of
Protected Resources, 301-427-8449, Amy.Scholik@noaa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The National Marine Fisheries Service in
consultation with the National Ocean Service has developed Technical
Guidance to help assess the effects of underwater anthropogenic sound
on marine mammal species under NMFS' jurisdiction. Specifically, the
Guidance identifies the received levels, or acoustic thresholds, above
which individual marine mammals are predicted to experience changes in
their hearing sensitivity (either temporary or permanent) for all
underwater anthropogenic sound sources. NMFS compiled, interpreted, and
synthesized scientific literature to produce updated acoustic
thresholds for the onset of both temporary (TTS) and permanent
threshold shifts (PTS). This is the first time NMFS has presented this
information in a single, comprehensive document. This Technical
Guidance is intended for use by NMFS analysts and managers and other
relevant user groups and stakeholders, including other federal
agencies, when seeking to determine whether and how their activities
are expected to result in hearing impacts to marine mammals via
acoustic exposure.
The main body of the document contains NMFS' updated acoustic
thresholds for onset of PTS for marine mammals exposed to underwater
sound and NMFS' plan for periodically updating acoustic thresholds.
Other information such as details on the development marine mammal
auditory weighting functions and acoustic thresholds, research
recommendations, alternative methodology (formerly referred to as a
User Guide), the peer review and public comment process, and a glossary
of acoustic terms can be found in the Technical Guidance appendices.
These thresholds update those currently in use by NMFS. Updates
include a protocol for deriving PTS and TTS onset levels for impulsive
(e.g., airguns, impact pile drivers) and non-impulsive (e.g., tactical
sonar, vibratory pile drivers) sound sources and the formation of
marine mammal hearing groups (low- (LF), mid- (MF), and high-frequency
(HF) cetaceans and otariid (OW) and phocid (PW) pinnipeds in water) and
associated auditory weighting functions. Acoustic thresholds are
presented using the dual metrics of cumulative sound exposure level
(SELcum) and peak sound pressure level (PK) for impulsive
sounds and the SELcum metric for non-impulsive sounds. While
the updated acoustic thresholds are more complex than what has been in
use by NMFS and regulated entities, they more accurately reflect the
current state of scientific knowledge regarding the characteristics of
sound that have the potential to impact marine mammal hearing
sensitivity. Given the specific nature of these updates, it is not
possible to generally or directly compare the updated acoustic
thresholds presented in this document with the thresholds they will
replace because outcomes will depend on project-specific
specifications.
Although NMFS has updated the acoustic thresholds, and these
changes may necessitate new methodologies for calculating impacts, the
application of the thresholds in the regulatory context of applicable
statutes (Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), Endangered Species Act
(ESA), and National Marine Sanctuaries Act (NMSA)) remains consistent
with current NOAA practice (see Regulatory Context in this Federal
Register Notice). It is important to emphasize that these updated
acoustic thresholds do not represent the entirety of an impact
assessment, but rather serve as one tool (in addition to behavioral
impact thresholds, auditory masking assessments, evaluations to help
understand the ultimate effects of any particular type of impact on an
individual's fitness, population assessments, etc.), to help evaluate
the effects of a proposed action.
NMFS recognizes that action proponents may have varying abilities
to model and estimate exposure and that the Technical Guidance may be
more complex than some action proponents are able to incorporate. Thus,
NMFS has provided alternative methodology and an associated User
Spreadsheet to aid action proponents with SELcum thresholds
and marine mammal auditory weighting functions (https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/).
The Technical Guidance is classified as a Highly Influential
Scientific Assessment (HISA) by the Office of Management and Budget. As
such, three independent peer reviews were undertaken, at three
different stages of the development of the Technical Guidance,
including a follow-up to one of the peer reviews, prior to broad public
dissemination by the Federal Government. Details of each peer review
can be found within the Technical Guidance (Appendix C) and at the
following Web site: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/. NMFS
acknowledges and thanks the Marine Mammal Commission (Commission) and
the Acoustical Society of America's Underwater Technical Council for
nominating peer reviewers and thanks the peer reviewers for their time
and expertise in reviewing this document.
In additional to three independent peer reviews, the Technical
Guidance was the subject of three public comment periods. NMFS
evaluated all substantive comments made during each public comment
period to determine their relevance to the Technical Guidance as it was
revised. Public comments made on aspects of the Technical Guidance that
are no longer relevant have not been included here. Substantive and
relevant comments and NMFS' responses are included below (see Comments
and Responses).
The Technical Guidance does not create or confer any rights for or
on any person, or operate to bind the public. An alternative approach
that has undergone independent peer review may be proposed (by federal
agencies or prospective action proponents) and used if case-specific
information/data indicate that the alternative approach is likely to
produce a more accurate
[[Page 51695]]
portrayal of take for the project being evaluated, if NOAA determines
the approach satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and
regulations.
Transitioning to the Technical Guidance
NMFS considers the updated thresholds and associated weighting
functions in the Technical Guidance to be the best available
information for assessing whether exposure to specific activities is
likely to result in changes in marine mammal hearing sensitivity
(temporary or permanent). Prospective applicants for incidental take
authorizations under the MMPA and federal agencies seeking ESA section
7 consultations that have not yet started their acoustic analyses
should begin using the new Technical Guidance immediately. At the same
time, we recognize that for some proposed actions, analyses may have
already substantially progressed using the existing thresholds or other
methods for assessing hearing effects, and it may be impractical to
begin those analyses anew, taking into account timing constraints,
expense, and other considerations. In such ``pipeline'' cases, the
applicant or action agency should contact NMFS as soon as possible to
discuss how to best include consideration of the Technical Guidance to
satisfy the applicable requirements. A non-exhaustive list of factors
that could affect the extent to which the Technical Guidance will be
considered for an action include: The relative degree to which the
Technical Guidance is expected to affect the results of the acoustic
impact analyses; how far in the process the application or prospective
application has progressed; when the activity is scheduled to begin or
other timing constraints; the complexity of the analyses and the cost
and practicality of redoing them; and the temporal and spatial scope of
anticipated effects. We anticipate that after the initial transition
period, all applications for MMPA incidental take authorization (ITA)
and all requests for ESA section 7 consultations involving noise that
may affect marine mammals will include full consideration of the
Technical Guidance.
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
In 2005, NMFS published a Federal Register Notice of Public Scoping
and Intent to Prepare an EIS for a similar action (70 FR 1871, January
11, 2005). The nature of the Guidance has evolved significantly since
then. After evaluating the contents of the Technical Guidance and the
standards for a categorical exclusion under NAO 216-6, sec. 6.03c.3(i),
we have determined the Technical Guidance is categorically excluded
from further NEPA review.
NAO 216-6, sec. 6.03c.3(i), provides that a categorical exclusion
is appropriate for ``policy directives, regulations, and guidelines of
an administrative, technical, or procedural nature, or the
environmental effects of which are too broad, speculative or
conjectural to lend themselves to meaningful analysis and will be
subject later to the NEPA process, either collectively or case by
case.''
Although changes to the PTS and TTS thresholds will likely change
the take estimates for at least some portion of activities, any
environmental effects of the draft guidance alone, without reference to
a specific activity, are too speculative or conjectural to lend
themselves to meaningful analysis at this stage. Effects analyses under
the MMPA, ESA, and NMSA (and appropriate mitigation and monitoring) are
activity-specific exercises that cannot be conducted absent some level
of specificity regarding the nature of the proposed activity, the
general location, and the time and duration. Moreover, direct
comparisons cannot be made between the thresholds currently used and
the updated thresholds, due to the different metrics and taxa-specific
frequency weighting used in the new thresholds.
Any environmental effects from application of the updated PTS and
TTS thresholds will flow from future actions that are the subject of
ITAs under the MMPA and related consultations under the ESA or NMSA.
The nature and magnitude of such effects will depend on the specific
actions themselves, each of which would be subject to the NEPA process.
Because any effects from the Technical Guidance are speculative and
conjectural, NOAA has determined it cannot meaningfully analyze
potential effects in the manner contemplated by NEPA, which is to
inform agency decisions about the effects of an action (and reasonable
alternatives) on the environment. Any changes in future effects
analyses resulting from the Guidance will be part of the NEPA and other
statutorily-required analyses conducted for specific actions in the
future.
Finally, the proposed action does not trigger any of the exceptions
for categorical exclusions described in section 5.05c of NAO 216-6. It
does not involve a geographic area with unique characteristics, is not
a subject of public controversy due to potential environmental
consequences, have uncertain environmental impacts or unique or unknown
risks, establish a precedent or decision in principle about future
proposals, result in cumulatively significant impacts, or have any
adverse effects upon endangered or threatened species or their
habitats.
Regulatory Context
NMFS uses acoustic thresholds to help quantify ``take'' and as part
of more comprehensive effects analyses under several statutes. The
Technical Guidance's updated acoustic thresholds do not represent the
entirety of the comprehensive effects analysis, but rather serve as one
tool among others (e.g., behavioral impact thresholds, auditory masking
assessments, evaluations to help understand the ultimate effects of any
particular type of impact on an individual's fitness, population
assessments, etc.) to help evaluate the effects of a proposed action
and make findings required by NOAA's various statutes.
Under current agency practice, NMFS considers the onset of PTS,
which is an auditory injury, as an example of ``Level A Harassment'' as
defined in the MMPA and as ``harm'' as defined in ESA regulations, such
that exposing an animal to weighted received sound levels at or above
the indicated PTS threshold is predicted to result in these two types
of ``take'' (i.e., Level A Harassment under the MMPA and harm under
ESA).
As explained below, NMFS does not consider a TTS to be an auditory
injury under the MMPA or ESA, and thus it does not qualify as Level A
harassment or harm. Nevertheless, TTS is an adverse effect that
historically has been treated as ``take'' by ``Level B Harassment''
under the MMPA and ``harassment'' under the ESA. The broad definition
of ``injury'' under the NMSA regulations includes both PTS and TTS (as
well as other adverse changes in physical or behavioral characteristics
that are not addressed in the Technical Guidance).
Marine Mammal Protection Act
The MMPA prohibits the take of marine mammals, with certain
exceptions, one of which is the issuance of ITAs. Sections 101(a)(5)(A)
& (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct the Secretary of
Commerce to allow, upon request, the incidental, but not intentional,
taking of small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage
in a specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a
specified geographical region if certain findings are made. Through
delegation by the Secretary of Commerce, NMFS is
[[Page 51696]]
required to authorize the incidental taking of marine mammals if it
finds that the total taking will have a negligible impact on the
species or stock(s) and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on
the availability of the species or stock(s) for certain subsistence
uses. NMFS must also set forth the permissible methods of taking and
requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring, and reporting of
such takings. (The ``small numbers'' and ``specified geographical
region'' provisions do not apply to military readiness activities.)
The term ``take'' means to harass, hunt, capture, or kill, or
attempt to harass, hunt, capture or kill any marine mammal. 16 U.S.C.
1362(13).
Except with respect to certain activities described below,
``harassment'' means any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which:
Has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine
mammal stock in the wild (Level A Harassment), or
Has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine
mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing,
nursing, breeding, feeding or sheltering (Level B Harassment).
See id. at 1362(18)(A)(i) & (ii) (emphasis added).
Congress amended the definition of ``harassment'' as it applies to
a ``military readiness activity'' or research conducted by or on behalf
of the federal government consistent with MMPA section 104(c)(3) as
follows (section 3(18)(B) of the MMPA):
Any act that injures or has the significant potential
to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level
A Harassment); or
Any act that disturbs or is likely to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of
natural behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to
a point where such behavioral patterns are abandoned or
significantly altered (Level B Harassment).
See id. at 1362(18)(B)(i) & (ii) (emphasis added).
The term ``negligible impact'' is defined as an impact resulting
from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and
is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival. 50 CFR
216.103.
In support of the analysis that is necessary to make the required
statutory determinations, MMPA implementing regulations require ITA
action proponents to provide NMFS with specific information. Although
they may also be used to inform the development of mitigation measures,
the updated acoustic thresholds are particularly relevant to the
following two of the fourteen required pieces of information:
The type of incidental taking authorization that is
being requested (i.e., takes by Level B Harassment only; Level A
Harassment; or serious injury/mortality) and the method of
incidental taking;
By age, sex, and reproductive condition (if possible),
the number of marine mammals (by species) that may be taken by each
type of taking identified in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, and
the number of times such takings by each type of taking are likely
to occur.
50 CFR 216.104 (emphasis added).
Endangered Species Act
Section 9 of the ESA prohibits the take of ESA-listed species, with
limited exceptions. Section 7 of the ESA requires that each federal
agency, in consultation with NMFS and/or the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service (USFWS), ensure that any action authorized, funded, or carried
out by the agency is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence
of any endangered or threatened species or result in the destruction or
adverse modification of designated critical habitat. See 16 U.S.C.
1536(a)(2). Provided that NMFS or the USFWS reaches these conclusions
through a ``formal consultation'' process, incidental take of ESA-
listed species may be exempted from the section 9 take prohibition
through an ``incidental take statement'' that must specify the impact,
i.e., the amount or extent, of the taking on the species. See id. at
section 1536(b)(4). Incidental take statements must also include
reasonable and prudent measures necessary or appropriate to minimize
the impact, and the terms and conditions required to implement those
measures.
Under ESA, ``take'' means to harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot,
wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect, or to attempt to engage in any
such conduct. See id.at section 1532(19). ``Harm'' is defined in NMFS
regulations as ``an act which actually kills or injures fish or
wildlife'' (and can include significant habitat modification or
degradation). See 50 CFR 222.102.
Under NMFS and the USFWS implementing regulations for section 7 of
the ESA, ``jeopardize the continued existence of'' means to engage in
an action that reasonably would be expected, directly or indirectly, to
reduce appreciably the likelihood of both the survival and recovery of
a listed species in the wild by reducing the reproduction, numbers, or
distribution of that species. See id.at Sec. 402.02.
In support of the analysis necessary to conduct the consultation,
the ESA implementing regulations state that in order to initiate formal
consultation, the federal action agency must submit a written request
for formal consultation to the Director (of NMFS or the USFWS) that
includes, among other things, a description of the manner in which the
action may affect any listed species. See id.at Sec. 402.14(c).
National Marine Sanctuaries Act
Section 304(d) of the NMSA requires federal agencies whose actions
are likely to destroy, cause the loss of, or injure a sanctuary
resource to consult with the Office of National Marine Sanctuaries
(ONMS) before taking the action. See 16 U.S.C. 1434(d)(1). The NMSA
defines sanctuary resource as ``any living or nonliving resource of a
national marine sanctuary that contributes to the conservation,
recreational, ecological, historical, educational, cultural,
archeological, scientific, or aesthetic value of the sanctuary.''16
U.S.C. 1432(8). Through the sanctuary consultation process, ONMS may
recommend reasonable and prudent alternatives that will protect
sanctuary resources. Recommended alternatives may include alternative
locations, timing, and/or methods for conducting the proposed action.
See id.at Sec. 1434(d)(2). Monitoring may also be recommended to
better characterize impacts to sanctuary resources or accompany
mitigation.
The term ``injure'' is defined in the ONMS implementing regulations
as to ``change adversely, either in the short or long term, a chemical,
biological or physical attribute of, or the viability of.'' 15 CFR
922.3.
In support of the analysis necessary to conduct the consultation,
the NMSA requires that any federal agency proposing an action that may
injure a sanctuary resource provide ONMS with a written statement
(``sanctuary resource statement'') describing the action and its
potential effects on sanctuary resources. See 16 U.S.C. 1434(d)(1)(B).
Application of Acoustic Thresholds for Permanent Threshold Shift
The acoustic thresholds for PTS will be used in conjunction with
sound source characteristics, environmental factors that influence
sound propagation, anticipated marine mammal occurrence and behavior in
the vicinity of the activity, as well as other available activity-
specific factors, to quantitatively estimate (acknowledging the gaps in
scientific knowledge and the
[[Page 51697]]
inherent uncertainties in a marine environment) the takes of marine
mammals (by Level A harassment and harm under the MMPA and ESA,
respectively) and facilitate compliance with the MMPA, ESA, and NMSA as
described above.
NMFS will use the same PTS acoustic thresholds in the
identification and quantification of MMPA Level A harassment for both
military readiness and non-military readiness activities. Because the
acoustic thresholds for PTS predict the onset of PTS, they are
inclusive of the ``potential'' and ``significant potential'' language
in the two definitions of Level A harassment. The limited data now
available do not support the parsing out of a meaningful quantitative
difference between the ``potential'' and ``significant potential'' for
injury and, therefore, the designated PTS acoustic thresholds will be
treated as Level A harassment for both types of activities.
Estimating the numbers of take by Level A harassment and harm is
one component of the fuller analyses that inform NMFS' ``negligible
impact'' and ``jeopardy'' determinations under the MMPA and ESA,
respectively, as well as ``likely to injure'' or ``may affect''
determinations under the NMSA. Last, the PTS acoustic thresholds may be
used to inform the development of mitigation and monitoring measures
(such as shut-down zones) pursuant to the MMPA, ESA, or NMSA.
When initiating any of the MMPA, ESA, or NMSA processes described
above, agencies and other action proponents should utilize the PTS
acoustic thresholds, in combination with activity-specific information,
to predict whether, and if so how many, instances of PTS are expected
to occur.
Application of Acoustic Thresholds for Temporary Threshold Shift
As previously stated, NMFS has not considered TTS an auditory
injury for purposes of the MMPA and ESA, based on the work of a number
of investigators that have measured TTS before and after exposure to
intense sound. For example, Ward (1997) suggested that a TTS is within
the normal bounds of physiological variability and tolerance and does
not represent physical injury. In addition, Southall et al. (2007)
indicates that although PTS is a tissue injury, TTS is not because the
reduced hearing sensitivity following exposure to intense sound results
primarily from fatigue, not loss, of cochlear hair cells and supporting
structures, and is reversible. Accordingly, TTS has been considered
take by Level B harassment under the MMPA and harassment under the ESA,
which will be the subject of future guidance. However, TTS is
considered injury under the broad definition of the term ``injury'' in
NMSA regulations (along with PTS and behavioral impacts). For now, NMFS
will continue the practice of requiring applicants to estimate take by
TTS for explosive sources.
MMPA Level B harassment and ESA harassment are broad categories
that encompass not only TTS but also other behaviorally related impacts
that almost always involve a lower onset threshold than that for onset
of TTS. In quantifying take by Level B harassment or harassment, NMFS
considers all effects that fall into those categories of take, not just
TTS. NMFS will be developing updated acoustic thresholds for the onset
of behavioral effects and will further consider the best approach for
considering TTS at that time. When that process is completed, NMFS will
provide further guidance regarding how to best consider and/or quantify
TTS for non-pulse and impulse sources not involving instantaneous
explosives (see exception below for underwater explosives). In the
meantime, action proponents not using instantaneous explosives do not
need to quantify estimates of TTS separately from their overall
behavioral harassment take calculations. For now, the TTS acoustic
thresholds presented in the Technical Guidance will be considered as
part of the larger comprehensive effects analyses under the MMPA and
the ESA.
With respect to instantaneous explosives (as distinguished from
repeated explosives such as gunnery exercises), NMFS already requires
quantification of TTS estimates because an instantaneous explosive will
not have a separate behavioral component from a lower exposure
threshold and there is no time accumulation involved. The rationale for
calculating TTS for instantaneous explosives continues to apply with
the updated TTS thresholds for explosives.
NMFS is aware of studies by Kujawa and Liberman (2009) and Lin et
al. (2011), which found that despite completely reversible TS that
leave cochlear sensory cells intact, large (but temporary) TS could
cause synaptic level changes and delayed cochlear nerve degeneration in
mice and guinea pigs. However, the large TS (i.e., maximum 40 decibel
dB) that led to the synaptic changes shown in these studies are in the
range of the large shifts used by Southall et al. (2007) and in the
Technical Guidance to define PTS onset (i.e., 40 dB). It is unknown
whether smaller levels of TTS would lead to similar changes or the
long-term implications of irreversible neural degeneration. The effects
of sound exposure on the nervous system are complex, and this will be
re-examined as more data become available.
The occurrence of, and estimated number of, TTS takes is one
component of the larger analysis that informs NMFS's ``negligible
impact'' and ``jeopardy'' determinations under the MMPA and ESA,
respectively, as well as ``likely to injure'' or ``may affect''
determinations under the NMSA. As with PTS, TTS acoustic thresholds
also may be used to inform the development of mitigation and monitoring
measures pursuant to the MMPA, ESA, or NMSA.
Comments and Responses
On December 27, 2013, NMFS published the initial Draft Guidance for
Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammals:
Acoustic Thresholds for Onset of Permanent and Temporary Threshold
Shifts for a 30-day public comment period (78 FR 78822), which was
extended an additional 45-days (79 FR 4672; January 29, 2014) based on
public request. During the public comment period, NMFS received
comments from U.S. Representatives from Congress, Federal agencies, an
international government agency, state governments, Alaskan native
groups, industry groups, and non-governmental organizations, individual
subject matter experts, a professional society, a regulatory watchdog
group, and 89 private citizens.
After the close of the initial public comment period, as NMFS was
addressing public comments and working towards finalizing the Guidance,
a new methodology for identifying marine mammal auditory weighting
functions and acoustic thresholds was developed by the U.S. Navy (Dr.
James Finneran, SPAWAR Systems Center Pacific) based on new science.
Additionally, NMFS re-evaluated its methods for defining threshold
usage for sources characterized as impulsive or non-impulsive based on
comments received during the initial public comment period.
Incorporating these updated methodologies resulted in substantial
changes to the Guidance, necessitating additional peer review, as well
as another public comment period. As a result, NMFS solicited public
comment on a revised Draft Guidance (July 2015) via a second 45-day
public comment period (80 FR 45642, July 31, 2015). During the second
public comment period, NMFS received 20 comments from Federal agencies,
industry groups, environmental consultants, Alaskan native groups, non-
governmental
[[Page 51698]]
organizations, individual subject matter experts, a professional
society, a regulatory watchdog group, and two private citizens.
While NMFS was working to address public comments from the second
public comment period and finalize the Guidance, NMFS and the Navy (Dr.
James Finneran, SPAWAR Systems Center Pacific) further evaluated
certain aspects of the U.S. Navy's methodology. As a result of the
Navy's and NMFS' review, several focused recommendations/modifications
were suggested, which did not change the overall methodology provided
in the July 2015 Draft Guidance (the primary changes were related to
deriving a composite audiogram for LF cetaceans). After consideration
of these recommendations, NMFS updated sections of the July 2015 Draft
Guidance to reflect the suggested changes and solicited public comment
on those focused revisions via a focused 14-day public comment period
(81 FR 14095, March 16, 2016). During this third public comment period,
NMFS received 20 comments from Federal agencies, industry groups, non-
governmental organizations, individual subject matter experts, a
professional society, and a private citizen. Please refer to these
Federal Register Notices for additional background about the 2013 and
2015 Draft Guidance, as well as the document containing proposed
changes to the Draft Guidance during the public comment period in 2016.
During these three public comment periods several commenters'
remarks pertained to topics beyond the scope of the final Technical
Guidance (e.g., impacts beyond hearing: Non-auditory injury, mortality,
gas emboli, stranding events, masking, stress, cumulative effects,
ecosystem-wide effects, behavioral disturbance; activity-specific
issues associated with specific permit/authorization; effects of
airborne noise on pinniped hearing; effects of noise on fishes and sea
turtles; propagation modeling; animal distribution/density; data or
modeling requirements; take estimation methodology). NMFS did not
address comments outside the scope of this document. Additionally, in
re-evaluating substantive public comments made during the first (2013/
2014), second (2015), and third (2016) public comment periods, those
earlier comments pertaining to sections of the document no longer
included in the final Technical Guidance are not addressed (e.g.,
proposed 1-hour accumulation period, transition range methodology,
alternative thresholds).
Technical Guidance Scope
Comment 1: Several commenters were concerned about the potential
impacts of sound on polar bear, sea otter, and walrus and asked if NMFS
coordinated with the USFWS or other branches of NMFS when evaluating
and establishing thresholds in the Guidance.
Response: The Technical Guidance only addresses the effects of
underwater anthropogenic sound on marine mammal species under NMFS'
jurisdiction. The Technical Guidance does not pertain to marine mammal
species under the USFWS's jurisdiction (e.g., walrus, polar bears,
manatees, sea otters). The USFWS is aware of this document and was
provided an opportunity to comment. NMFS Headquarters, Regions, and
Science Centers coordinated in the development this Guidance, as did
the National Ocean Service.
Comment 2: Multiple commenters, citing the technical complexity of
the Draft Guidance, requested an extension during all three public
comment periods. Additionally, multiple commenters expressed concern
that the public comment period associated with the March 2016 Proposed
Changes document was rushed, resulted in arbitrary decisions, and did
not allow for meaningful input from those action proponents most
impacted by changes (i.e., activities producing low-frequency sound).
These commenters advocated that instead of NMFS adopting the changes in
the March 2016 document, the July 2015 Draft Guidance instead be
finalized.
Response: NMFS extended the initial 30-day public comment period on
the 2013 Draft Guidance by an additional 45 days (79 FR 4672, January
29, 2014). In consideration of an appropriate duration for the 2015
Draft Guidance public comment period (80 FR 45642, July 31, 2015), NMFS
chose a 45-day (opposed to 30 days) public comment period, based on the
extent of changes from the Draft 2013 Guidance, but did not extend that
public comment period. Regarding the third public comment period, due
to the focused nature of the most recent proposed revision, presented
in a standalone 24-page document, and significant previous
opportunities for public comment, NMFS deemed a 14-day public comment
period appropriate (81 FR, 14095, March 16, 2016) and did not extend
public comment period in response to requests. Based on input received
during the robust review process (i.e., three public comment periods
and three peer reviews, as well as follow-up peer review), NMFS does
not believe additional or extended public comment periods were
necessary to finalize the Technical Guidance.
NMFS disagrees that the March 2016 public comment period was rushed
or resulted in arbitrary decisions. The March 2016 public comment
period was the third opportunity given to the public to review our
Draft Guidance (following the 75-day first public comment period and
45-day second public comment period). Previous versions of the Draft
Guidance had already been revised based upon peer review and public
input. Due to the focused nature of the proposed changes since the
prior draft (which were described in a 24-page standalone document) and
balanced against the lengthy process to date and need for updated
thresholds, NMFS determined a 14-day public comment period was
appropriate.
Comment 3: A few commenters indicated that the 2015 Draft Guidance
and the 2016 Proposed Changes document was incomplete and the Guidance
should not be finalized until the public has an opportunity to comment
on the following missing sections: Agency response to comments made
during the initial and second public comment periods; optional User
Spreadsheet for determining isopleths; and references associated with
sirenian data used in the March 2016 Proposed Changes document.
Response: NMFS disagrees that the 2015 Draft Guidance and 2016
Proposed Changes document were incomplete for public comment. In
finalizing the Technical Guidance (via this Federal Register Notice),
NMFS has addressed to substantive comments provided during all three
public comment periods, except those no longer relevant due to
subsequent changes to the Draft Guidance. Both the 2015 Draft Guidance
and the 2016 Proposed Changes document encompassed modifications based
on comments received during the first and second public comment
periods.
NMFS disagrees that the User Spreadsheet associated with the
Technical Guidance's alternative methodology requires public comment.
This spreadsheet precisely follows the alternative methodology provided
in the Technical Guidance (Appendix D), which was available for public
comment. There is nothing additional or new provided by this
spreadsheet.
As for the sirenian data used in the March 2016 Proposed Changes
document, in response to this comment, these references (Gerstein et
al., 1999; Mann et al., 2009) have been included in the finalized
Technical Guidance. However, NMFS does not believe additional public
review is necessary.
[[Page 51699]]
Comment 4: A few commenters requested clarification as to how the
Technical Guidance will be used in management decisions (i.e., is the
Technical Guidance's use a requirement? Is the Technical Guidance a
rule?).
Response: The Technical Guidance provides a robust assessment and
synthesis of a body of scientifically complex information to assess
impacts of sound on marine mammal hearing. Although its use is not a
binding requirement, it currently reflects the agency's expert
assessment of the scientific literature and represents what the agency
believes is the best approach for assessing auditory impacts. The
Guidance allows for an alternative approach if case-specific
information/data indicate that such an approach is likely, in NMFS'
view following peer review, to produce an equally or a more accurate
estimate of auditory impacts.
Comment 5: Multiple commenters requested NMFS include a brief
statement in the Guidance about what standards are currently in use and
why they need to be updated. Additionally, the Commission requested
that the Guidance include updated explosive thresholds for mortality
(extensive lung injury) and injury (slight lung and gastrointestinal
(G.I.) tract).
Response: A new section has been added to the Technical Guidance
(see Section 1.1 of Main Document) to explain the justification for the
updated acoustic thresholds for PTS and TTS. The Technical Guidance
explicitly indicates that the thresholds within the document are meant
to update all thresholds currently in use by NMFS for assessing PTS
onset, including generic injury thresholds (i.e., root mean square
sound pressure level (RMS SPL) thresholds of 180/190 dB), and PTS/TTS
thresholds for explosives.
NMFS acknowledges that future Technical Guidance is needed for non-
auditory impacts, but is planning on addressing this in a separate
guidance document and recommends current non-auditory thresholds for
explosives remain in use until updates can be completed via the
appropriate processes.
Comment 6: Multiple commenters requested clarification on the
applicability the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) to the
Guidance.
Response: NMFS determined that the Technical Guidance satisfies the
standards for a categorical exclusion under NAO 216-6. NAO 216-6, sec.
6.03c.3(i), which provides that a categorical exclusion is appropriate
for ``policy directives, regulations, and guidelines of an
administrative, technical, or procedural nature, or the environmental
effects of which are too broad, speculative or conjectural to lend
themselves to meaningful analysis and will be subject later to the NEPA
process, either collectively or case by case.'' See the section
addressing NEPA earlier in this Notice.
Comment 7: The Center for Regulatory Effectiveness (CRE) indicated
that any use of the Guidance by NMFS in rules would have to be
supported by cost-benefit analyses because it ``could have a potential
impact of more than $500 million in any one year on either the public
or private sector; or . . . the dissemination is novel, controversial,
or precedent-setting; or . . . [it has] significant interagency
interest.''
Response: The Technical Guidance is not a regulatory action subject
to a cost-benefit analysis under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563. The
Technical Guidance was classified as a HISA because it was novel and
precedent setting, not due to the potential financial implications. The
Technical Guidance will inform assessments of activities that occur in
a regulatory context as they arise. The Technical Guidance does not
address or change NMFS' application of the thresholds in the regulatory
context, under applicable statutes. Any required cost-benefit
considerations will take place during future actions that are the
subject of regulatory action, such as ITAs under the MMPA. The nature
and magnitude of such effects will depend on the specific actions
themselves. Because any direct effects from the Technical Guidance are
speculative and conjectural, NMFS cannot meaningfully analyze potential
effects by a cost-benefit analysis.
Comment 8: The CRE states that NMFS needs to prepare and obtain
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval of a new Paperwork
Reduction Act (PRA) Information Collection Request (ICR) in compliance
with Information Quality Act (IQA) Guidelines before they can use the
Technical Guidance for any sound source.
Response: There is no collection of information requirement
associated with the Technical Guidance. However, NMFS' information
collection for Applications and Reporting Requirements for Incidental
Taking of Marine Mammals by Specified Activities Under the Marine
Mammal Protection Act, OMB approval number 0648-0151, could be affected
by applicants using the Technical Guidance, possibly in added response
time to prepare applications using the Guidance. The current approval
expires in March 2017 and will require renewal before then with an
opportunity for public comment. In preparation for that renewal, NMFS
will consider the effect of the Technical Guidance, specifically
whether a revision in the burden hour estimates is appropriate, and
invite public comment on its assessment. NMFS has complied with the IQA
Guidelines with the development of the Guidance.
Comment 9: A commenter requested that NMFS provide more information
how the Guidance's updated thresholds would be applied in conjunction
with thresholds used to assess MMPA Level B behavioral harassment.
Response: The Technical Guidance does not provide updated acoustic
thresholds for levels that could result in behavioral effects. NMFS'
current acoustic thresholds for these impacts are not affected by the
Technical Guidance. NMFS recognizes the Technical Guidance provides
updated metrics that are different than those used for estimating
behavioral harassment. Accordingly, where calculations or modeling
suggest that some animals will be exposed to sound levels that are at
or above the relevant PTS threshold under the Technical Guidance but
behavioral harassment under the current behavioral harassment
thresholds, an individual should be counted ``taken'' one time, by the
more severe impact (i.e., PTS onset). However, the qualitative and
contextual analysis of the likely impacts on that animal, at these
exposure levels, will consider both the impacts of the likely PTS as
well as anticipated behavioral responses.
Comment 10: During the third public comment period, the Commission
recommended that NMFS review and revise this document every two years
via a small expert panel, as opposed to the proposed three to five year
schedule. Revising the Guidance on a two-year basis was also supported
by other commenters. Additionally, the Commission recommended that
rather than developing independent guidance, NMFS instead incorporate
by reference technical reports and peer-reviewed literature already
summarizing the best available science.
Response: NMFS will continue to monitor and evaluate new data as
they become available and will periodically convene staff from our
various offices, regions, and science centers, and to update the
Guidance as appropriate (anticipating updates to occur on a three to
five year cycle). NMFS believes this timeline is appropriate and does
not need to be modified.
[[Page 51700]]
NMFS disagrees with the Commission's recommendation to incorporate
by reference other reports or peer-reviewed literature and believes the
process of developing Technical Guidance requires a more thorough
evaluation of the science in the context of NOAA statutory
requirements. Public comment would also be needed.
Comment 11: Several commenters expressed uncertainty and requested
clarification as to how the Guidance would apply to mitigation and
monitoring requirements (e.g., exclusion zones), often prescribed by
the conditions of an MMPA permit or authorization.
Response: Mitigation and monitoring requirements associated with an
MMPA authorization or ESA consultation or permit are independent
management decisions made in accordance with statutory and regulatory
standards in the context of a proposed activity and comprehensive
effects analysis, and are beyond the scope of the Technical Guidance.
NMFS acknowledges that in practice, exclusion zones and monitoring
zones have often corresponded to acoustic impact thresholds, but that
is not a legal requirement, and the updated thresholds may make such a
simple correlation more challenging, given their greater complexity.
The Technical Guidance will be used with other relevant information to
inform impact assessments, and that in turn will be considered in the
development of mitigation and monitoring.
Peer Review Process
Comment 12: One commenter expressed concerned about the peer review
process and choice of peer reviewers, particularly in regards to
potential financial ties to NMFS.
Response: NMFS adhered to appropriate procedures in the selection
of the peer reviewers to prevent any real or perceived conflicts of
interest. The Commission, specifically their Commissioners and members
of their Committee of Scientific Advisors, nominated the peer reviewers
for each of the three peer reviews. Additionally, the Acoustical
Society of America's Underwater Technical Council nominated some of the
peer reviewers in association with the third peer review. Each peer
reviewer, for all three reviews, submitted a conflict of interest form.
None of the Technical Guidance's reviewers indicated having a conflict
of interest, defined as ``any financial or other interest which
conflicts with the service of the individual because it (1) could
significantly impair the individual's objectivity, or (2) could create
an unfair competitive advantage for any person or organization.''
Comment 13: Several commenters expressed concern that the March
2016 Proposed Changes document did not undergo peer review and believed
peer review would result in significant changes to the Guidance
necessitating the need for a fourth public comment period. If NMFS does
not conduct a fourth public comment period, the commenters advocated
that NMFS retract its March 2016 Proposed Changes document and proceed
with issuing the July 2015 Draft Guidance (modified based on public
comments from the first and second public comment period) as its
finalized Guidance.
Response: The comments are incorrect. NMFS conducted a follow-up
peer review concurrent with the third public comment period. NMFS
disagrees with the recommendation to retract the March 2016 Proposed
Changes document and that a fourth public comment period is needed
based on comments made by the peer reviewers during this follow-up
review. The follow-up peer review report is publicly available via:
https://www.cio.noaa.gov/services_programs/prplans/ID43.html and was
available before the Guidance was finalized (May 2016).
Comment 14: One commenter indicated that Guidance should not be
used until NMFS addresses all the peer reviewers' comments from its
three peer reviews, and that failing to doing so would cause the
finalized Guidance to be IQA non-compliant.
Response: NMFS adhered to IQA procedures and NOAA's IQG, making the
finalized Technical Guidance IQA compliant. NMFS received valuable
input from the peer reviewers and made changes to the Technical
Guidance based on their comments during all three peer reviews, as well
as during the follow-up review. The peer reviewers' comments greatly
improved the Technical Guidance before it was available for public
comment during the initial and second public comment periods. The
manner in which NMFS addressed the peer reviewers' comments, from all
three peer reviews, as well as the follow-up review, appear within our
Peer Review Reports: https://www.cio.noaa.gov/services_programs/prplans/ID43.html.
Comment 15: A commenter considered NMFS' treatment and peer review
of the Finneran Technical Report, associated with the July 2015 Draft
Guidance (Appendix A), as inconsistent, asserting the Finneran
Technical Report should have been treated similarly to other
publications that did not undergo formal peer review associated with
publication in a scientific journal. The commenter questioned why the
methodology from the Finneran and Jenkins (2012) technical report was
not subjected to an independent peer review by NMFS but was used in its
2013 Draft Guidance.
Response: NMFS disagrees that there was an inconsistency in its
treatment of Finneran Technical Report (the methodology used for Navy's
``Phase 3'' environmental compliance analyses in any of the versions of
our Technical Guidance. NMFS considered Finneran and Jenkins (2012) in
the development of the 2013 Draft Guidance. However, that particular
technical report served as a summary of methodology and previously
published data on impacts of sound on protected species (i.e., it did
not contain any new data). Although Finneran and Jenkins (2012) was not
published, the portions used directly in the 2013 Draft Guidance were
supported by peer reviewed publications. A separate peer review of
Finneran and Jenkins (2012) was neither necessary nor required under
HISA requirements.
For the 2015 Draft Guidance, the Finneran Technical Report, used to
derive updated marine mammal auditory weighting functions and
thresholds for the Navy's Phase 3 analyses, was directly incorporated
into the Guidance via Appendix A. This was the first time the Finneran
Technical Report was made public, and thus, was subject to HISA
requirements for inclusion in the Technical Guidance, including peer
review. We also note that after the July 2015 public comment period,
part of the Finneran Technical Report, specifically a summary of
available data on noise-induced hearing loss in marine mammals, was
published in a peer reviewed journal (Finneran et al., 2015).
Comment 16: Several commenters expressed concerns over NMFS
adopting the Finneran Technical Report within the Guidance. One
commenter specifically stated that the Guidance ``effectively results
in the US Navy writing its own regulations'' and recommended that the
entire Guidance process be reconvened using a fully independent panel
of experts.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the commenters' assessment. The
author of the Finneran Technical Report that was incorporated into
Technical Guidance (Appendix A) is a well-respected and recognized
scientist with over 50 peer reviewed publications on marine mammal
hearing and has served on the Southall et al., 2007 expert panel, as
well as the current Southall panel that
[[Page 51701]]
is updating their 2007 publication. Additionally, this methodology
underwent an independent peer review convened by NMFS and was evaluated
internally within NMFS before it was incorporated into our Technical
Guidance. NMFS believes the Finneran Technical Report represents the
best available science, which is why we incorporated it in the
Technical Guidance.
Comment 17: One commenter requested that the NMFS share their
original documents and peer reviews from the first peer review (2013),
in order to facilitate common understanding as to those aspects of
science related to marine mammal behavior that may be limiting NMFS'
ability to establish guidance and promote studies that would address
significant data gaps.
Response: As noted in the first peer review report (2013), in light
of the peer reviewers' comments and based upon internal discussions,
NMFS decided to re-evaluate its proposed methodology for deriving
acoustic thresholds for behavior and, therefore, included only
thresholds for PTS and TTS onset in the Draft Technical Guidance (i.e.,
Draft 2013 and 2015 and 2016 Proposed Changes public comment versions).
NMFS did not include peer reviewer comments on proposed behavioral
thresholds in the peer review report because they were no longer
relevant to the scope of the Draft Guidance contents. NMFS will publish
this information, if relevant, once we re-evaluate our approach for
establishing updated guidance for behavior effects.
Use of Published Versus Unpublished Data
Comment 18: Several commenters remarked on the use of published and
unpublished literature in the Guidance and sought clarification
regarding the sources considered in the development of the Guidance.
Response: Not all data considered in the development of the
Technical Guidance have been published in a peer review journal. For
the development of PTS and TTS onset acoustic thresholds and marine
mammal auditory weighting functions, NMFS primarily relied on published
data. The scientific aspects of the Technical Guidance underwent some
form of peer review, either via formal publication in a scientific
journal and/or via the HISA process.
Comment 19: Several commenters recommended that unpublished
information from more recent scientific conferences should be
considered in the Guidance. One commenter specifically indicated
Southall et al. (2007) will be updated in the near future and that the
Guidance's finalization should be delayed for this publication or NMFS
should commit to updating its Guidance within six months of the
finalization of the updated Southall et al. (2007) publication.
Response: NMFS notes that when these more recent studies become
available, they can be considered and incorporated into future updates
of the Technical Guidance. NMFS is aware that Southall et al. (2007) is
being updated. We anticipate that the methodology in the Technical
Guidance will be similar to that provided in the updated publication
(the author of the Navy's Finneran Technical Report is also on the
panel updating Southall et al., 2007). NMFS will evaluate and consider
the updated Southall et al. publication when it becomes available and
does not believe delaying the Technical Guidance is necessary.
Regarding the request to update the Technical Guidance within six
months of the updated Southall et al. (2007) publication, NMFS will
evaluate the Southall update and consider next steps at the time rather
than commit to any timeframe in advance.
Comment 20: One commenter suggested that the Verboom and
Kastelein's (2005) unpublished report, specifically the ``discomfort
threshold,'' be included for consideration in the Guidance.
Response: NMFS reviewed Verboom and Kastelein (2005) and concluded
the data are more relevant for consideration in future behavioral
effects guidance.
Sound Sources
Comment 21: Some commenters indicated that the Guidance appears to
focus on five sound sources (i.e., underwater detonations, seismic
airguns, impact pile drivers, vibratory pile drivers, and sonar). They
recommended the document consider other sound sources that have the
potential to result in noise-induced hearing loss and provide a list of
these potential sources within the Technical Guidance, so that other
sounds sources are given explicit recognition.
Response: The Technical Guidance identifies the received levels, or
thresholds, above which individual marine mammals are predicted to
experience changes in their hearing sensitivity for acute, incidental
exposure to all underwater anthropogenic sound sources. NMFS believes
providing a list of all potential sounds sources within the Technical
Guidance is unnecessary and would limit the document's utility (e.g.,
if there was a new source that was not specifically listed).
Comment 22: Multiple commenters remarked that the Guidance's
definitions of ``non-impulsive'' and ``impulsive'' sounds are vague
(i.e., NMFS does not define what is meant by ``high peak sound pressure
level'' or ``rapid rise time'') and do not objectively distinguish
between these two types of sound. The commenters recommended that
clear, technical definitions be included. Further, commenters noted
that impulsive sounds become increasingly continuous with distance, due
to multipath arrivals and other factors, and may have continuous
components even at short distances due to reverberation and requested
NMFS also consider waveform data at the location of the marine mammal
to categorize sound sources.
Response: The Technical Guidance relied on defining sound sources
based on previously established definitions and standards (i.e.,
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)). NMFS categorized sound
sources as impulsive or non-impulsive based on temporal characteristics
of the sound at the source. The definition of an impulsive sound source
in the Technical Guidance relates specifically to noise-induced hearing
loss and specifies the physical characteristics of an impulsive sound
source, which likely gives impulsive sounds a higher potential to cause
auditory injury than non-impulsive sounds. Unfortunately, these
standards do not provide quantitative definitions for terms like
``high'' peak sound pressure level and ``rapid'' rise time, especially
in the context of underwater sources.
NMFS acknowledges that sound propagation is complex and the
physical property of sounds change as they travel through the
environment. The July 2015 Draft Guidance proposed a methodology for
examining when impulsive sounds are less likely to possess the physical
characteristics that make them more injurious (i.e., peak sound
pressure level and pulse duration). This proposed methodology underwent
an independent peer review (Guidance's third peer review). However,
based on comments received during the public comment period for the
2015 Draft Guidance, NMFS decided the proposed methodology would
benefit from by further research, removed the proposed methodology from
main Guidance document, and highlighted it in the Research
Recommendations, Appendix B. Included in the Technical Guidance's
Research Recommendations is a call to identify sound characteristics
associated with injury, which may allow for more
[[Page 51702]]
detailed definitions in future iterations of this Guidance.
Comment 23: One commenter suggested that the Guidance definition of
impulsive sound sources as those with signals less than one second in
duration could possibly capture sources that are not truly impulsive
and recommended that impulsive sources be defined as those which exceed
some threshold of impulse, defined as ``the time integral of a force
over the time that the force is applied (ANSI 1994).'' Another
commenter suggested characterizing impulsive sources based on metrics
which consider rise time, crest factor, or the signal kurtosis (i.e.,
statistical quantity that represents the impulsiveness ``peakedness''
of the event). A follow-up comment acknowledged that kurtosis in the
time domain may not be practical and suggested considering kurtosis in
the frequency domain.
Response: The terms impulsive and non-impulsive as defined in the
Technical Guidance are based on several ANSI standards. If action
proponents are unclear which category their source might fit, they may
contact NMFS for further discussion. NMFS acknowledges that the
additional factors suggested by the commenters could be useful for
defining source types. However, these are not currently commonly used
descriptors by action proponents or those conducting marine mammal
noise-induced hearing loss studies (i.e., data are not typically
collected and published using these metrics), and would not be easily
implementable at this time. Additional metrics can be considered as
more data become available in a broader array of metrics. A better
understanding of appropriate metrics has been identified as an area for
recommended research in Appendix B of the Technical Guidance. In
regards to using kurtosis in the frequency domain, NMFS re-examined
this metric based on the comment received. However, upon evaluation, it
was determined that this metric is still not currently practical to
implement.
Comment 24: The Commission recommended that the 2015 Finneran
Technical Report definitions of impulsive and non-impulsive sounds be
adopted by NMFS and used in all contexts, including MMPA Level B
behavioral harassment.
Response: The Technical Guidance definitions of impulsive and non-
impulsive sounds comply with ANSI definitions and were subject to
independent peer review (third peer review). These specific definitions
were chosen to capture those physical characteristics that make a sound
more or less injurious in terms of noise-induced hearing loss. The
Technical Guidance does not address direct behavioral impacts from
sound and so does not adopt definitions that bear on behavior.
Classification of sound sources in terms of behavioral harassment will
be examined when we develop guidance for these types of impacts.
Comment 25: Multiple commenters expressed concern that seismic
waterguns produce higher frequency sounds than seismic airguns and
should not be used to set thresholds for airguns.
Response: NMFS established Technical Guidance for all impulsive
sounds based on the currently available data, which may not include
every potential sound source to which a marine mammal could be exposed.
Watergun data were used to represent airguns, as well as impact pile
driving for most hearing groups. However it should be noted that the HF
cetacean TTS onset impulsive thresholds are derived directly from data
obtained from a harbor porpoise exposed to a single airgun.
Incorporating marine mammal auditory weighting functions into exposure
models allows for the consideration that airguns predominantly produce
lower frequencies compared to waterguns.
Comment 26: A group of commenters expressed concern the Guidance
will restrict the use of marine vibrators, which are designed to be
more environmentally friendly by avoiding the generation of sound in
the ``best hearing'' range of most marine animals, and generate a
significantly lower overall sound pressure level throughout the
frequency band relative to seismic airguns.
Response: The Technical Guidance does not restrict or allow any
activity. It sets out science-based thresholds for the onset of
auditory impacts based on our evaluation and synthesis of available
data. Decisions about various sound-generating activities are outside
the scope of the Technical Guidance.
Comment 27: A commenter noted that when considering sound source
characterization, recording equipment can be limited in bandwidth and
dynamic range (i.e., equipment may not be able to accurately
characterize the sound source).
Response: NMFS agrees that fully characterizing the complete
spectrum of a sound source, within the hearing ranges of marine
mammals, is essential to accurately assess potential impacts, as is
ensuring that sources meet manufacturer specifications (i.e., sometimes
sources are capable of producing sounds outside their specified bands,
which have the potential to fall within the hearing range of marine
mammals; Deng et al., 2014; Hastie et al., 2014). This factor is
important in considering the potential of a sound source to impact a
specific hearing group, and text addressing this point has been added
to the Technical Guidance.
Comment 28: One commenter remarked that the Guidance was unclear
whether NMFS will require sound source verification (SSV), associated
with the application of the Guidance's acoustic thresholds. The comment
noted that conducting a SSV poses a complicated and unnecessary burden
on operations because the results are highly variable due to constantly
changing conditions in the environment.
Response: The Technical Guidance does not impose any such
requirements. NMFS has added text to the introduction of the Technical
Guidance to clarify this point.
Metrics
Comment 29: One commenter recommended additional clarification on
various sound metrics to prevent confusion between the peak sound
pressure level (PK) used in the current Guidance and maximum RMS SPL
used to describe prior NMFS thresholds.
Response: NMFS agrees and added clarification to the Technical
Guidance to distinguish between metrics used in this document and those
associated with previous thresholds, as well as including definitions
of these metrics in the Glossary (Appendix E).
Comment 30: One commenter requested clarity on the definition of
``peak pressure'' used in the Guidance, which the commenter assumes to
be the equivalent of a ``zero-to-peak'' value. This commenter further
indicated that the Guidance has been inconsistent in converting between
``peak-to-peak'' and RMS values to ``zero-to-peak'' values.
Response: NMFS has defined peak sound pressure level in the
Glossary (Appendix E) and has clarified the definition in the Technical
Guidance to indicate a zero-to-peak value. NOAA disagrees that there
are inconsistencies in the Technical Guidance because there have been
no conversions made between zero-to-peak and peak-to-peak sound
pressure levels or from RMS sound pressure to any other metric anywhere
in this document.
Comment 31: To match what was provided in the Finneran Technical
Report (Appendix A of July 2015 Draft Guidance), the Commission and
some other commenters recommended that NMFS only provide dual metrics
for PTS onset for impulsive sources (i.e.,
[[Page 51703]]
remove peak pressure metric threshold for non-impulsive sources).
Conversely, a commenter was not supportive of removing the peak
pressure thresholds for non-impulsive sources, as was suggested in the
2016 Proposed Changes document. Finally, there was some confusion as to
how and when the PK threshold needs to be considered based on the
updates in the 2016 Proposed Changes document.
Response: Upon further evaluation, NMFS agrees and has removed the
PK thresholds for non-impulsive source in the Technical Guidance, since
it is highly unlikely that the dominant metric for non-impulsive
sources will be the peak sound pressure level. However, the Technical
Guidance caveats that if a non-impulsive sound has the potential of
exceeding the PK threshold associated with impulsive sources, these
thresholds should still be considered. Thus, in the Technical Guidance,
there remain dual criteria associated with impulsive sources (i.e.,
applicant should consider whichever threshold results in the largest
effect distance (isopleth)).
Comment 32: A few commenters remarked SELcum is not a
standardized acoustic notation and that the Guidance should adhere to
existing standards in terms of terminology, definitions, symbols, and
acronyms in order to promote clarity and reduce confusion. It was also
recommended that NMFS work with standards-setting bodies to develop a
consistent system of notation for marine bioacoustics applications
(e.g., ANSI or International Organization for Standardization (ISO)).
Response: NMFS acknowledges that neither the 2013 nor the 2015
Draft Guidance documents consistently used notations complying with
available standards. The final Technical Guidance has been revised to
better reflect ANSI standards (e.g., terminology, abbreviation, and
symbols). Further, NMFS is aware of the work of ISO 18405 to develop
standards specifically for underwater acoustics and will re-evaluate
the Guidance's notations in future updates once the ISO work becomes
finalized.
Comment 33: One commenter noted an inconsistency in the Guidance
with both PK and SELcum acoustic thresholds being derived
from the same study. The commenter noted that if the energy from a
transmission does not cause an impact at a given frequency because of
an animal's reduced sensitivity (or capability) to hear that signal,
then the ability to be impacted by the PK should also be reduced for
that frequency.
Response: NMFS does not agree there is an inconsistency in how data
were assessed. Data from Lucke et al. (2009) were used to derive both
thresholds for HF cetaceans exposed to impulsive sources. For MF
cetaceans, both thresholds come from belugas exposed to waterguns
(Finneran et al., 2002). For both the Lucke et al. (2009) and Finneran
et al. (2002) study, TTS onset was recorded in multiple metrics, with
two of these metrics (i.e., PK and SELcum) directly used in
the Technical Guidance. NMFS disagrees that auditory weighting
functions are appropriate for use with the PK metric, as direct
mechanical damage associated with sounds having high peak sound
pressures typically does not strictly reflect the frequencies an
individual species hears best (i.e., why PK thresholds should be
considered unweighted/flat-weighted within the entire frequency band of
a hearing group).
Comment 34: Multiple commenters noted that the SELcum
metric within the Guidance is used under the assumption that a low
amplitude/long signal having an equal SELcum, as a high
amplitude/short signal, will have the same effects on the auditory
system (i.e., the Equal Energy Hypothesis (EEH)). A commenter further
stated that the EEH may be correct in certain conditions, but that an
increasing body of evidence indicates that the EEH does not hold true
for most marine mammal sound exposures. It was suggested that as more
data become available, NMFS should perform more analyses to determine
what model or equation best fits the EEH and revise the acoustic
thresholds to more accurately reflect the potential for TTS changes
with duration and amplitude.
Response: NMFS agrees that EEH may not be valid for all exposure
situations. However, the Technical Guidance provides acoustic
thresholds in the SELcum metric, based on the belief that
the EEH is the best means of incorporating this metric (also
recommended by Southall et al., 2007). NMFS maintains that despite the
shortcomings, having a metric that includes the duration of exposure is
critical for predicting effects of noise on marine mammal hearing. The
evaluation of appropriate metrics and EEH has specifically been
identified as an area where more research is needed (Guidance Appendix
B).
Comment 35: One commenter indicated since ``SEL'' is the
accumulated acoustic energy in a signal and cumulative by definition,
whether calculated over one second or a single pulse event, the
Guidance's use of ``SELcum'' to describe cumulative sound
exposure is unnecessary. The commenter suggested NMFS should simply use
the abbreviation ``SEL''.
Response: NMFS agrees that the SEL implies accumulation. The ANSI
definition indicates that accumulation occurs over a stated time
interval, which is typically referenced to one second. In order to
clarify that the duration of accumulation in the Guidance is not one
second (i.e., 24 hours), NMFS chose to use the notation
SELcum.
Use of Data From Captive Marine Mammals
Comment 36: Multiple commenters indicated that the use of data from
captive individuals was a poor proxy (e.g., over-estimate TTS onset or
hearing thresholds, may be habituated or have different survival
tactics) for their free-ranging counterparts and suggested that data
from captive bottlenose dolphins be adjusted to be more representative.
Response: NMFS acknowledges that captive individuals may be
habituated to their test environment, making them less than ideal
proxies for their free-ranging counterparts for studying behavioral
reactions to noise. However, we believe habituation has minimal effects
on testing auditory capabilities and the impacts of noise on hearing,
which is the focus of this Technical Guidance.
For example, NMFS notes that data from Castellote et al. (2014),
from free-ranging belugas in Alaska, indicate of the seven healthy
individuals tested (3 females/4 males; 1 subadult/6 adults), all had
hearing abilities ``similar to those of belugas measured in zoological
settings.'' Thus, from this one study, it appears that for baseline
hearing measurements, captive individuals might be an appropriate
surrogate for free-ranging animals. However, this is currently the only
study of its kind, and more research is needed to examine if this trend
applies to other species (see Appendix B: Research Recommendations).
NMFS also finds an adjustment to bottlenose dolphin data is
unnecessary. The Technical Guidance methodology for deriving marine
mammal auditory weighting functions incorporates data from a multitude
of species (~20 species), beyond just bottlenose dolphins, and is
considered representative based on the best available science.
Comment 37: Several commenters expressed concern over the ages of
many of the captive individuals used in TTS studies as not being
representative (e.g., thresholds obtained from younger bottlenose
dolphin in Johnson 1968 are on average 10 dB lower than from older
individuals) and considers them sources of uncertainty. Many commenters
suggested that data from older
[[Page 51704]]
individuals should either be adjusted or excluded from consideration.
Response: NMFS disagrees that data from older individuals needs to
be excluded or adjusted and notes that Houser and Finneran (2006) did a
comprehensive study on the hearing sensitivity of the Navy bottlenose
dolphin population (i.e., tested 42 individuals from age 4 to 47 years;
28 males/14 females) and found that high-frequency hearing loss
typically began between the ages of 20 and 30 years. For example, at
frequencies where this species is most susceptible to noise-induced
hearing loss (i.e., 10 to 30 kilohertz (kHz)), these are the
frequencies where there is the lowest variability in mean thresholds
between individuals of different ages. Additionally, for harbor seals,
similar levels of TTS onset were found in Kastelein et al. (2012a) for
individuals of 4 to 5 years of age compared to the individual from in
Kastak et al. (2005), which was 14 years old. For belugas similar
levels of TTS were measured in Popov et al. (2014) for an individual 2
years old compared to those used in Schlundt et al. (2000), which were
20 to 22 years old or 29 to 31 years old.
Further, Houser and Finneran 2006 attribute the lower thresholds
recorded by the individual from Johnson (1968) to differences in
methodology (i.e., Johnson (1968) used behavioral protocol to test
hearing versus electrophysiological methodology by Houser and Finneran
(2006)). The Technical Guidance relies primarily on behavioral data
associated with hearing and threshold shift measurements, as opposed to
those obtained via other means (e.g., auditory evoked potentials (AEP))
because we consider these data to be most representative of hearing
ability and noise-induced hearing loss, which further eliminates the
need for any adjustment.
Comment 38: One commenter indicated that studies show that marine
mammals tend to avoid disruptive sound sources, which could
significantly diminish the potential for noise-induced hearing loss.
Therefore, the commenter suggests that the data collected in laboratory
experiments are likely to result in overestimates of exposure because
the subjects are exposed to longer and louder sounds than they would be
in the natural environment.
Response: NMFS agrees that when considering exposure durations for
animals under realistic exposure conditions, generally, it is predicted
that most individuals will only be in the closest ranges to a sound
source/activity for a minimal amount of time (e.g., animals are capable
of moving horizontally and vertically in the water column to reduce
exposure, and/or individuals are exposed to mobile sources). Thus,
using laboratory data from animals exposed to unusually long,
continuous durations of sound (i.e., animals cannot leave exposure
scenario and the level during exposure remains constant) may not best
reflect scenarios expected to be encountered by wild individuals, when
exposed to sound over long periods of time. However, measurements of
TTS from laboratory studies are the only data currently available, and
they remain informative regarding sound exposure that may impact marine
mammal hearing. Appendix B of the Guidance recommends future TTS
studies to address exposures animals are likely to receive in the
natural environment and provide more representative results.
Marine Mammal Hearing Ranges
Comment 39: One commenter noted that the establishment of hearing
groups is fundamentally flawed because it is based on the assumption
that similar exposures will result in similar effects in all group
members. The commenter believes it is important to consider species
differences in behavior (e.g., movement away from the noise source)
when calculating cumulative exposure associated with PTS onset.
Response: NMFS agrees that marine mammal behavioral responses could
result in differences in noise exposures and accumulation scenarios
(i.e., SELcum). However, NMFS disagrees that such responses
necessarily indicate that hearing physiology is dissimilar or that
levels causing noise-induced threshold shifts are dissimilar between
species within a hearing group. Further, differences in behavioral
responses to sound will be considered in the development of behavioral
effects thresholds.
Comment 40: One commenter indicated that the method for determining
the limits of the functional hearing ranges was not clearly indicated
in the Guidance and suggests that NMFS should indicate how the limits
were obtained for each group. Another commenter indicated that the term
``functional hearing range'' is intended to convey the range over which
the majority of the species' hearing ability is found. However, there
are at least two examples of a species' ability to hear a signal
outside its functional hearing range (i.e., false killer whale and
Risso's dolphin (Au et al., 1997)).
Response: Based on the revised methodology for establishing marine
mammal auditory weighting functions (Appendix A), NMFS has replaced the
concept of functional hearing range with the establishment of what the
Technical Guidance terms ``generalized hearing range'' for each hearing
group. The latter is recommended for consideration associated with flat
weighting for PK thresholds and when determining general risk of
auditory impacts from noise. The generalized hearing ranges were chosen
based on the approximate 65 dB threshold from the normalized composite
audiogram. NMFS believes that outside the generalized hearing range,
the risk of auditory impacts from sounds (i.e., TTS or PTS) is
considered to be either zero or very low (the exception would be if a
sound above/below this range was determined to have the potential to
cause physical injury, i.e., lung or gastrointestinal tract injury from
explosives) and added additional information to clarify this in the
Technical Guidance.
NMFS is aware of the Au et al. (1997) paper, which examines the
effect of the 75 Hz acoustic thermometry of ocean climate (ATOC) signal
on hearing sensitivity of a single false killer whale and single
Risso's dolphin, both mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans. Hearing thresholds
for both species, from this study, were 139 dB or higher (false killer
whale: Thomas et al., 1988; Risso's dolphin: Nachtigall et al., 1995).
Thus, this ATOC signal is considered beyond the generalized hearing
range of MF cetaceans.
Comment 41: Several commenters questioned the justification used to
support the PW and OW pinnipeds' upper hearing limit in the Technical
Guidance. The commenters noted that newer studies have consistently
shown that 75 kHz is a more reasonable upper cutoff for PW pinnipeds
underwater. These commenters recommended that NMFS choose the median
value, not the most conservative value, for the PW pinniped upper
hearing range limit. For OW pinnipeds, the 2013 Draft Guidance does not
clearly explain why 40 kHz was selected as a high-frequency cut-off for
OW pinnipeds instead of 50 kHz reported in Finneran and Jenkins (2012).
Response: As indicated in the previous comment/response, NMFS has
provided generalized hearing ranges by marine mammal hearing group. The
generalized hearing ranges are supported by available pinniped
audiogram data that were used to derive the composite audiogram for
this group (Terhune 1988; Kastak and Schusterman 1999; Kastelein et
al., 2009; Reichmuth et al., 2013; Sills et al., 2014; and Sills et
al., 2015). The generalized frequency ranges are intended to be broad
enough to encompass the hearing range of the
[[Page 51705]]
entire hearing group (i.e., choice of using 65 dB threshold compared to
60 dB threshold typically used to define human and other terrestrial
mammal hearing ranges). Thus, NMFS disagrees that using a median is
preferred. For PW and OW pinnipeds, the upper range based in the
finalized Technical Guidance is 86 kHz and 39 kHz, respectively.
Comment 42: One commenter noted that current ESA and MMPA analyses
are based on data collected while monitoring previous activities, with
little of that data having been analyzed by hearing group. The
commenter suggested that until more data are available, it will be
difficult to find data upon which to base the analyses.
Response: NMFS disagrees that it will be difficult to complete
analyses and believes that hearing group data and marine mammal
auditory weighting functions provided in the Technical Guidance are
based on the best available science and can be applied to any source.
Additionally, the Technical Guidance states that the application of
marine mammal auditory weighting functions should be completed after
data collection (i.e., auditory weighting functions should not be
applied beforehand), with the total spectrum of sound preserved for
later analysis (i.e., if weighting functions are updated or if there is
interest in additional species, data can still be used).
General Auditory Weighting Functions
Comment 43: NMFS' exclusion of AEP data in establishing marine
mammal composite audiograms and auditory weighting functions was
criticized by several commenters. These commenters noted that by
including AEP datasets, the statistical power of the assessment would
be improved.
Response: In deriving marine mammal composite audiograms, NMFS
established an informal data hierarchy in terms of assessing these
types of data. Specifically, audiograms obtained via behavioral
methodology provide the most representative presentation (most
sensitive) on hearing ability, followed by AEP data, lastly by
mathematical models for species where no data are available (i.e., low-
frequency or LF cetaceans). Thus, the highest quality data available
for a specific hearing group should be used, which for all hearing
groups, except LF cetaceans, is behavioral. Additional clarifying text
on this informal data hierarchy has been provided in the Technical
Guidance.
It also should be noted that marine mammal AEP audiograms have been
based almost exclusively on measurements of the auditory brainstem
response, and thus do not take into account contributions to hearing
from higher centers of the brain and auditory nervous system, and no
means have been established for ``correcting'' AEP data so that they
may be more comparable to those obtained via behavioral methods. AEP
thresholds are typically elevated compared to behavioral thresholds in
a frequency-dependent manner, especially at lower frequencies (e.g.,
Szymanski et al., 1999; Yuen et al., 2005; Houser and Finneran 2006);
therefore including the low-frequency AEP data in the composite
audiogram would cause an artificial increase in audiogram low-frequency
slope and cause the resulting weighting function to be more narrow at
low frequencies.
Despite not directly including AEP audiograms in the development of
a hearing groups' composite audiogram, these data were evaluated to
ensure species were placed within the appropriate hearing group and to
ensure that a species for which only AEP data were available were
within the bounds of the composite audiogram for that hearing group.
Further, AEP TTS data are presented within the Guidance for comparative
purposes alongside TTS data collected by behavioral methods
illustrating that the AEP TTS data are within the bounds (the majority
of the time above) of those collected by behavioral methods (i.e.,
Figures A18 and A19).
Comment 44: One commenter remarked that the Guidance may change as
improved information becomes available, which means that auditory
weighting functions may also change. The commenter suggested that NMFS
develop a mechanism for allowing updates until a widely-accepted
weighting procedure for marine mammals is standardized by expert
consensus (e.g., through the ANSI or ISO standardization processes).
Response: NMFS agrees that as additional data become available, the
auditory weighting functions, among other factors, may require
modification. For that reason, NMFS has added specifications to the
Technical Guidance indicating that auditory weighting functions should
be applied after data are collected (i.e., during data collection, the
complete spectrum of sound should be collected) to ensure they are
available for re-analysis if updated weighting functions become
available. The Technical Guidance also establishes protocols for
evaluating new data and updating the document.
Comment 45: Multiple commenters noted that each of Guidance's
hearing groups contains species whose sound production and regions of
best hearing sensitivity do not overlap to a high degree. A few
commenters further added that applying results from one or two aging
bottlenose dolphins to all members of a hearing group is inadequate.
Response: The auditory weighting functions are meant to assess risk
of noise-induced hearing loss and not necessarily encompass the entire
range of best hearing for every species within the hearing group. NMFS'
use of auditory weighting functions is consistent with how weighting
functions are used in human noise standards, which is to assess the
overall hazard of noise on hearing. Specifically, the human auditory
weighting function provides a ``rating that indicates the injurious
effects of noise on human hearing'' (OSHA 2013). While these weighting
functions are based on regions of equal loudness and best hearing, they
are meant to reflect the susceptibility of the ear to noise-induced
threshold shifts, and as such, the region of enhanced susceptibility to
noise exposure may not perfectly mirror a species' region of best
hearing (e.g., TTS data from bottlenose dolphin, belugas, and Yangtze
finless porpoise support this).
Further, updated methodology in the July 2015 revised Draft
Guidance used composite audiograms based on multiple species to derive
marine mammal auditory weighting functions. Thus, data from more than
just bottlenose dolphins were used to derive these functions (i.e., MF
cetacean composite audiograms are derived using data from eight
different species).
As for how animal age could impact hearing susceptibility, please
see Response to Comment 37.
Comment 46: Multiple commenters expressed concern that the
Guidance's marine mammal auditory weighting functions are invalid,
since they are based on assumptions that have not been subject to
uncertainty analysis for frequencies below 3 kHz.
Response: NMFS disagrees that there is greater uncertainty for
frequencies below 3 kHz, since audiogram data were collected for
frequencies below 3 kHz for a multitude of species in the MF and HF
cetacean and PW and OW pinniped hearing groups (e.g., see Figure A5 in
Technical Guidance). Further, low-frequency data from the composite
audiogram is used to directly determine the slope of the weighting
function.
Comment 47: A commenter requested clarification on what NMFS
intended by the term ``smaller isopleth'' in discussing the effects
marine mammal
[[Page 51706]]
auditory weighting functions have on exposure modeling results.
Response: The Technical Guidance thresholds associated with a
hearing group themselves do not change depending on how much a sound
may overlap a group's most susceptible frequency range. Instead, how
weighting functions affect exposure modeling/analysis is related to the
size of the isopleth (area) associated with the threshold based on how
susceptible that particular hearing group is to the particular sound
being modeled. For example, a hearing group could have different size
isopleths associated with the same threshold, if one sound was within
its most susceptible frequency range and the other was not (i.e., sound
in the most susceptible hearing range will result in larger isopleth
compared to sound outside the most susceptible hearing range). We have
provided additional text in the Technical Guidance to clarify this
concept.
Comment 48: One commenter expressed concern as to the practicality
of obtaining and maintaining modeled sound field results for broadband
sources (e.g., airguns or impact pile drivers) in order for weighting
functions (current or revised) to be applied at a later date.
Response: The Technical Guidance recommends that marine mammal
auditory weighting functions be applied after sound field measurements
have been obtained (i.e., post-processing; auditory weighting functions
should not be applied beforehand), with the total spectrum of sound
preserved for later analysis (i.e., if weighting functions are updated
or if there is interest in additional species, data can still be used).
This recommendation applies to actual field measurements and not
modeling results. The final Technical Guidance includes additional text
to clarify this point.
Uncertainty and Statistical Analyses Associated With Auditory Weighting
Functions
Comment 49: Several commenters expressed concern about uncertainty
in the development of the marine mammal auditory weighting functions
and acoustic thresholds, especially because of the reliance on mean and
median values without reporting variation (i.e., methodology does not
account for variability/confidence intervals associated with small
sample sizes). Alternative methodologies to account for uncertainty
were suggested for consideration (e.g., inverse Bayesian formulations
with Markov-chain Monte Carlo and Metropolis-Hastings sampling methods;
Wright 2015; Potential Biological Removal (PBR); human noise standards
(NIOSH 1998)).
Further, Wright (2015) claimed that inconsistencies within the
methodology used to establish the auditory weighting functions and
acoustic thresholds contributed to uncertainty; namely, that: (a) The
hearing threshold (audiogram)-to-TTS onset component, on a per
individual basis, is neglected (recommends calculating audiogram-to-TTS
onset for each individual); (b) it is inappropriate for non-adjusted
(non-normalized) TTS onset data points for individuals to be fit to
composite audiograms; and (c) there is a discrepancy between the
frequency of best sensitivity for the composite audiogram and exposure
function, which results in the weighting/exposure function gain
parameters (i.e., parameters ``K'' and ``C'') underestimating TTS
onset.
Finally, it was requested that NMFS (1) provide the underlying data
used to derive the weighting functions so that uncertainty and
statistical analyses can be evaluated by those outside NMFS and (2)
delay the Guidance's finalization until this outside process can be
completed.
Response: NMFS acknowledges the small sample size associated with
the available marine mammal data used to derive weighting functions and
thresholds presents challenges. However, the Technical Guidance's
methodology is designed to predict the mostly likely (realistic)
outcome using the central tendencies (means/median) associated with the
best available science. The intent is not to predict the worst-case-
scenario by relying on the lowest limits for every possible step in the
methodology (i.e., Technical Guidance is for accurately predicting
exposures and not for establishing ``safe limits,'' where there is
limited to no risk). Despite not using statistical methodology to
report variability, Appendix A provides the full suite of available
data for consideration and comparison to the values used in the
Technical Guidance (e.g., Figures A5 and A6 for audiogram data and
Figures A18-A20 for TTS data). With respect to data used to derive
composite audiograms, auditory thresholds are typically defined by the
50 percent detection threshold (ANSI 2009), and equal loudness contours
used to derive human weighting functions are derived using averages
(e.g., Fletcher and Munson 1933), as opposed to relying on the lowest
value (i.e., there is a precedence for using medians/means).
Additionally, it is important to remember that the derived weighting
functions are based on more than the just the composite audiogram
(i.e., the audiogram shapes are adjusted to best fit the existing TTS
data) resulting in a function that is always broader than the composite
audiogram (e.g., Figure A17).
Human noise risk assessments (NIOSH 1998) are not equivalent (or
applicable) to thresholds provided in the Technical Guidance, since
they are used to predict hearing loss based on a daily 8-h exposure
over 40 years (i.e., current marine mammal TTS are only available to
predict exposure periods of 24 h or less and cannot be used to assess
or predict risk associated with a lifetime of exposure; See Response to
Comment 79) and are based on larger sample sizes of human listeners
(e.g., NIOSH 1972 and 1997 risk assessments were based on a sample size
of 1,172 people). As pointed out in Wright 2015, NIOSH criteria provide
a 95 percent confidence interval for their human noise standards but
also allows for an excess risk of material hearing impairment, defined
as an average threshold elevation for both ears that exceeds 25 dB, of
eight percent (i.e., human noise standards limits do allow for some
risk; risk is not zero percent and specifically that eight percent of
the population is still capable of developing noise-induced hearing
loss exceeding 25 dB when exposed to the 85 dB NIOSH level). For how
the Technical Guidance's TTS thresholds encompass available data, see
Response to Comment 72 and Appendix A, Figures A18-A20, which provide
all available marine mammal TTS data collected via both behavioral and
AEP techniques). Additionally, methodology associated with the
calculation of PBR (i.e., use of twentieth percentile) was based on
simulations specific to a particular dataset (Wade 1998) and is not
applicable to the Technical Guidance.
With respect to specific comments made in Wright (2015), NMFS
disagrees there are inconsistencies in the methodology in the Technical
Guidance. Specifically related to the assertion in part (a) of the
comment that NMFS neglected the hearing threshold (audiogram)-to-TTS
onset component: In re-examining available data sets, in terms of
offset between hearing threshold and TTS onset, only six individuals
(three MF cetacean, one OW pinniped, and two PW pinnipeds) have
measurements available for both hearing threshold and TTS onset.
Differences in TTS onset at frequency of best hearing (from the
exposure function) and threshold at frequency of best hearing (from the
composite audiogram) are reflected by hearing group in the Technical
Guidance in Table A7 (Appendix A, ``Difference'' column).
[[Page 51707]]
Unfortunately, comparisons between the difference hearing thresholds
and TTS onset from the same individual to differences depicted in Table
A7 are difficult, since none of the individual TTS data occur in the
frequency of best hearing. However, TTS onset (SELcum
metric) predicted from the exposure function is within 1 dB or lower
compared to TTS onset based on these five individuals. Further, this
specific recommendation from Wright (2015), to consider data from
individual audiograms, counters other recommendations made elsewhere in
that paper that data from the same species should be considered
correlated and combined to reduce issues associated pseudoreplication
(See Response to Comments 53).
As for non-adjusted TTS data points being fit to normalized
composite audiograms (point b), the Guidance's methodology examines the
best fit of TTS data points to both original (non-normalized) and
normalized composite audiogram data to establish the ``delta T''
parameter (i.e., both non-normalized and normalized data are used to
derive delta T). Additionally, the ``K'' parameter is derived using the
original (non-normalized) audiogram data and is defined to minimize the
square error between the exposure function and TTS data for each
hearing group.
As to point (c), NMFS acknowledges that there is a shift
(discrepancy) in frequency between the best sensitivity in terms of the
composite audiogram and resulting exposure function for a hearing
group, but disagrees that this leads to an underestimation of TTS
onset. Any difference in minimum value between the exposure function
and audiogram is an outcome of the fitting process used to fit the
exposure function to the available TTS data, and thus, reflects the
underlying TTS data. This shift in minimal value results in an
identical (PW and OW pinnipeds) or lower TTS onset threshold (MF and HF
cetaceans) than predicted by considering the composite audiogram alone
(See Table A7 vs. A8 in Technical Guidance). Further, the ``C''
parameter results in a minimal adjustment to the final TTS onset
threshold (maximum 1 dB; See Table A8 in Appendix A).
Finally, NMFS believes it is unnecessary to provide underlying
datasets associated with the Technical Guidance and delay publication,
since the majority of the underlying data (with a few exceptions) are
published and freely available.
Comment 50: Commenters indicated that sound reception is an
essential ability of marine mammals, particularly cetaceans, for
survival, and these commenters, citing Nowacek et al. (2007), indicated
that PTS can lead in many cases to mortality of individuals which may
have serious consequences for the survival of populations.
Response: NMFS agrees that the ability to accurately interpret the
surrounding environment via hearing is essential for marine mammals.
However, NMFS' review of Nowacek et al. (2007) as well as all other
available information did not locate any statements that PTS can result
in mortality.
Comment 51: Some commenters recommended that audiograms from
individuals of the same species should be treated as correlated in the
determination of composite audiograms. Further, in order to determine a
conservative representative sensitivity for each hearing group, the
highest measured sensitivity, lowest threshold (behavioral or AEP), per
frequency per species should be assessed. Commenters indicated that
this would be a more cautionary approach than relying on the mean.
Response: NMFS does not disagree that audiograms from individuals
of the same species may be correlated but disagrees with the
recommendation to collapse available audiograms, so that there is only
one per species. Employing this recommendation would further reduce
already limited data sets (see Response to Comment 53 regarding
pseudoreplication recommending a similar procedure and similar issue
with data limitations) For NMFS' response relating to the use of AEP
data, see Response to Comment 43, and for our response regarding
relying on the lowest threshold, see Response to Comment 49. NMFS
believes that the Guidance's current approach maximizes the use of the
best available science.
That said, based on this comment, NMFS re-evaluated AEP data
available for consideration in the development of composite audiograms.
The inclusion of AEP resulted in only minimal changes to the composite
audiogram (i.e., majority of AEP audiogram data had equal, if not
higher thresholds, than those collected by behavioral methods, which
would only result in a less conservative composite audiogram).
Comment 52: Based on Wright 2015, commenters recommended that NMFS
develop marine mammal auditory weighting functions based on envelope
functions, which incorporate all available audiogram points.
Additionally, these same commenters objected to NMFS' comparison
between the Guidance's weighting functions and inverted audiograms
(i.e., Guidance's weighting functions are broader than inverted
audiograms that have been suggested). The commenters stressed that
inverted audiograms have only been recommended for individual species
and not entire hearing groups.
Response: NMFS disagrees with this recommendation (See Response to
Comment 49). As far as comparing the Technical Guidance's weighting
functions to inverted audiograms, NMFS agrees that the comparison to
inverse audiograms may not have been applicable and removed it from the
Technical Guidance. Nevertheless, the point that the Technical Guidance
auditory weighting functions are broader than the corresponding hearing
group's composite audiogram, as well as any audiogram associated with
an individual species, is still valid.
Comment 53: Pseudoreplication was highlighted as a significant
deficiency of the Guidance by several commenters. It was recommended
that NMFS evaluate TTS on a species-by-species basis, rather than on an
individual basis.
Response: NMFS understands the concerns regarding
pseudoreplication. However, marine mammal hearing and noise-induced
hearing loss data are limited, not only in the number of species but
also in the number of individuals available. Unfortunately, any means
of minimizing pseudoreplication would further reduce these already
limited data sets. Specifically, with marine mammal behavioral TTS
studies, behaviorally-derived data are only available for two MF
cetacean species (i.e., bottlenose dolphin, beluga) and two PW pinniped
species (i.e., harbor seal and northern elephant seal), with OW
pinnipeds and HF cetaceans only having behaviorally-derived data from
one species. Thus, NMFS believes that the current approach makes the
best use of the given data (See Response to Comment 72 for more
information on the inclusion of available TTS data). Appropriate means
of reducing pseudoreplication may be considered in the future, if more
data become available.
Comment 54: Several commenters requested that a list of data gaps
and research recommendations should be included in the Guidance to
inform funding groups and the research community of critical data
needs.
Response: NMFS agrees and has identified several data gaps and
added a Research Recommendations Appendix (B) to the Technical
Guidance.
Low-Frequency Cetacean Hearing and Auditory Weighting Functions
Comment 55: Several commenters questioned the justification for
[[Page 51708]]
expanding the upper hearing limit of LF cetaceans beyond that proposed
in Southall et al. (2007) in the 2013 Draft Guidance (i.e., 22 kHz to
30 kHz).
Response: NMFS has replaced the use of functional hearing range
with generalized hearing range, which is derived based upon more
consistent methodology (See Response to Comment 40).
Comment 56: One commenter indicated that recent data suggest that
within the LF cetacean hearing group, new divisions are appropriate to
consider (e.g., Ultra Low: blue and fin whales; Low: bowhead and right
whales; Low to Mid: humpback and gray whales; and Mid: minke whale
groups).
Response: NMFS acknowledges that as more data become available,
marine mammal hearing ranges may warrant modification, or that it may
be appropriate to divide LF cetaceans into subdivisions. However, NMFS
does not believe there currently are enough data to support further LF
cetacean divisions and subsequent auditory weighting functions,
especially since so little direct information on hearing is available
for this hearing group.
Comment 57: Several commenters questioned the sufficiency of data
to support the LF cetacean auditory weighting function provided in
various versions of the Draft Guidance. Some recommended using the M-
weighting function provided by Southall et al. (2007) until more data
could be collected or developing a LF cetacean weighting function based
on the known low-frequency vocal range of this hearing group, ensuring
that the weighting function encompasses ultra-low-frequencies (i.e.,
<30 Hz) used by blue and fin whales. One commenter further suggested
that the LF cetacean weighting function be flat down to 0 Hz to ensure
low-frequency sound does not compromise critical communication signals.
Counter to those recommendations, other commenters expressed
concern that the low-frequency slope parameter (``a'' parameter) of the
LF weighting function (i.e., 20 dB/decade) was not scientifically
supportable and should be more reflective of mammalian data (30 to 40
dB/decade). Furthermore, the selection of this parameter was criticized
because it resulted in an exposure function that predicts an
unrealistically low-frequency hearing (80 dB threshold above best
hearing occurring well below 1 Hz; e.g., only a -26 dB weighting
function amplitude at 10 Hz), which is not reflective of what is known
about other low-frequency specialist mammals, like humans and kangaroo
rats. Additionally, these same commenters commended NMFS for not using
vocalizations, especially frequencies associated with blue and fin
whales, as a direct means for deriving the LF cetacean predicted
audiogram.
Finally, NMFS received a comment from a group of subject matter
experts offering information on ambient noise levels below 2 kHz from
Clark and Ellison (2004) as additional scientific justification for the
LF cetacean weighting function contained in the March 2016 Proposed
Changes.
Response: NMFS acknowledges the limited data predicting LF cetacean
hearing sensitivity but disagrees that utilizing the M-weighting
functions from Southall et al. (2007) or creating a weighting function
that is flat to 0 Hz reflects the best available science. Via the
Technical Guidance public comment and peer review processes, NMFS
determined that the methodology in the March 2016 Proposed Changes
document best reflects the currently available data for deriving marine
mammal auditory weighting/exposure functions, including those methods
to derive surrogate parameters for LF cetaceans.
Regarding the appropriateness of using vocal range to establish
weighting functions, see Response to Comment 45. As for the frequencies
used by fin and blue whales, NMFS acknowledges that the weighting
function amplitude is >-16 dB at frequencies below 30 Hz. However,
predicted hearing sensitivity for LF cetaceans based on ambient noise
levels from Clark and Ellison (2004) offer additional scientific
support to NMFS' weighting function below 2 kHz (for direct comparison
to the 2016 LF cetacean weighting function see: https://www.regulations.gov/#!documentDetail;D=NOAA-NMFS-2013-0177-0155).
Additionally, Cranford and Krysl (2015) predicted that since low-
frequency sound propagates further than those containing higher
frequencies, this might explain the potential mismatch between the
frequencies associated with best hearing and vocalizations for LF
cetaceans. Furthermore, creating a weighting function to ensure
communication signals are not compromised is beyond the scope of this
document (the Technical Guidance weighting functions are meant to
reflect a hearing group's susceptibility to noise-induced hearing
loss).
As for the low-frequency slope associated with the LF cetacean
weighting function, NMFS believes it is reflective of currently
available predictive data for this hearing group. For example,
predictive audiograms based on anatomical modeling for minke whale
(Tubelli et al., 2012), fin whale (Cranford and Krysl 2015), and
humpback whale (Houser et al., 2001) all indicate this hearing group
may have a shallower low-frequency slope compared to other terrestrial
and marine mammals. Specifically, Tubelli et al. (2012) offers that the
``extra'' 20 dB difference in the low-frequency slope between other
cetaceans (HF and MF cetaceans) may be a result of the inner ear
anatomy of this hearing group (i.e., open auditory bulla and the
resulting pressure differences along the ``glove finger''). Finally,
ambient noise levels with slopes ~20 dB/decade support the predicted
low-frequency slope for this hearing group (Wenz 1962).
Comment 58: Multiple commenters indicated the LF cetacean exposure
function's ``K'' parameter, which the commenters classified as a metric
of dynamic range, was arbitrary and inappropriately based on data from
a beluga and a harbor porpoise for impulsive sounds.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the commenters' classification of the
exposure function's ``K'' parameter as a metric of dynamic range and
the criticism. This parameter is set to match the weighted threshold
for TTS or PTS onset based on available data in the SELcum
metric (i.e., NMFS' dynamic range methodology is for deriving PK
thresholds; See Response to Comment 87). NMFS agrees that for impulsive
sounds, TTS data are extremely limited (i.e., beluga data from Finneran
et al. (2002) and harbor porpoise data from Lucke et al. (2009)).
Nevertheless, the methodology for establishing a surrogate value for
this parameter for hearing groups where no data are available is
consistent with the derivation of other surrogate parameters within the
Technical Guidance.
Comment 59: Numerous commenters, including the Commission,
identified an inconsistency in how NMFS derived the ``F2'' parameter,
which predicts the high-frequency portion of the composite audiogram
for LF cetaceans. Specifically, this parameter was adjusted to achieve
a threshold at 30 kHz of 40 dB relative to the lowest threshold.
However, in earlier discussions of the low-frequency parameter ``F1,''
the March 2016 Proposed Changes document mentioned predictive modeling
of LF cetacean hearing indicating 40 dB of best sensitivity occurring
at ~25 kHz (i.e., not 30 kHz). Commenters were unclear if this was an
error or if 30 kHz was chosen deliberately and if so, why.
Response: NMFS acknowledges the potential for confusion and chose
to
[[Page 51709]]
adjust the ``F2'' parameter to achieve a threshold value at 30 kHz of
40 dB relative to the lowest threshold as a means to account for
uncertainty associated with this hearing group and to avoid too gradual
of a cutoff at the high-frequency end (i.e., decision to adjust
parameter at 30 kHz vs. 25 kHz). Additional text was added to the final
Technical Guidance for more clarity on this decision.
Comment 60: Numerous commenters criticized the potential for
``takes''/isopleths/mitigation ranges to increase dramatically based on
updated weighting functions/thresholds for LF cetacean hearing group
(i.e., comparison between 2015 Draft Guidance and 2016 Proposed Changes
document).
Response: NMFS acknowledges that the LF cetacean predicted
weighting function and PTS onset thresholds in the 2016 Proposed
Changes document/Technical Guidance are more conservative than those
presented in the 2015 Draft Guidance. However, in our judgement, the
changes reflect the best available science and account for uncertainty
associated with this particular hearing group where data are limited.
In response to how the Technical Guidance could impact mitigation
ranges, see Response to Comment 11.
Mid- and High-Frequency Cetacean Hearing and Auditory Weighting
Functions
Comment 61: Multiple commenters indicated that the Guidance's
auditory weighting functions do not represent the hearing sensitivities
of all included species, indicating that bottlenose dolphins are not
appropriate surrogates for killer whales or sperm whales, which are
known to have regions of greatest hearing sensitivities at much lower
frequencies, and that harbor porpoises and finless porpoise may not
represent the auditory ability of Irrawaddy, Ganges River, Commerson's,
and Peale's dolphins.
Response: See Response to Comment 45. In the Guidance, a broader
range of species were considered in the development of the MF auditory
weighting function via the composite audiogram. Specifically, for MF
cetaceans, the composite audiograms are derived from data compiled from
eight species (bottlenose dolphins, beluga, false killer whale, Risso's
dolphin, striped dolphin, and tucuxi) and 22 individuals of these
species, of which only six individuals are bottlenose dolphins.
Further, two individuals of these are killer whales, which from these
available audiogram data indicate thresholds consistent with other MF
cetaceans (i.e., current audiograms do not indicate this species has
better low-frequency hearing than other MF cetaceans). Currently, there
are no direct measurements available on sperm whale hearing (only an
incomplete audiogram exists for a stranded sperm whale neonate from
Ridgway and Carder (2001)). NMFS considers sperm whale placement within
MF cetaceans appropriate based on Ketten (2000), which classified sperm
whales as having Type I cochlea, similar to other MF cetaceans and
considers the MF cetacean auditory weighting function representative of
all species within this hearing group based on the best available
science.
For HF cetaceans, composite audiograms are derived from more
limited data (i.e., four individuals from two species: harbor porpoise
and Amazon River dolphin; AEP data are only available for Yangtze
finless porpoise). Thus, it is unclear how these two species represent
others in this hearing group, since no other data are available (i.e.,
no data on hearing ability of Irrawaddy, Ganges River, Commerson's and
Peale's dolphins). The need for additional audiograms, particularly
from the HF cetacean hearing group was added as a Research
Recommendation (Appendix B) in the Technical Guidance.
Comment 62: One commenter noticed an error in the audiograms used
to construct the composite audiogram for HF cetacean in the July 2015
Draft Guidance. They indicated that the harbor porpoise audiogram by
Kastelein et al. (2002), was later revised due to a problem with the
analysis of the sound stimuli, with the correct audiogram found in
Kastelein et al. (2010). Thus, it is recommended that NMFS use the 2010
data, instead of the 2002 data.
Response: NMFS re-evaluated the data used to construct the
composite audiogram for HF cetaceans and confirmed the assertion made
by the commenter that the wrong data set was initially used. This error
has been corrected for in the final Technical Guidance.
Comment 63: Several commenters, including the Commission, were in
support of moving the white-beaked dolphin from MF cetaceans to HF
cetaceans.
However, numerous other commenters indicated that moving this
species to a new hearing group was not scientifically supported. The
Navy specifically recommended that this species remain in the MF
cetacean hearing group based upon the following scientific support: (1)
A hearing threshold comparison between white-beaked dolphin (Nachtigall
et al., 2008), bottlenose dolphin (Johnson 1967), and harbor porpoise
(Kastelein et al., 2002; Kastelein et al., 2010) indicating white-
beaked dolphin do not have significantly better high-frequency hearing
than the bottlenose dolphin (for figure depicting comparison see:
https://www.regulations.gov/#!documentDetail;D=NOAA-NMFS-2013-0177-
0152); (2) white-beaked dolphin echolocation are more similar to those
of bottlenose dolphins (i.e., resembling broadband, exponentially-
damped sinusoids containing only a few cycles; Au 1980; Rasmussen and
Miller 2002) in contrast to echolocation emissions for harbor porpoises
and other species placed into the HF cetacean hearing group (e.g.,
Cephalorhynchus sp., Lagenorhynchus australis) (i.e., more narrowband,
longer in duration, and contain mostly high-frequency energy; Tougaard
and Kyhn 2010); and (3) Ketten's (2000) categorization of the cochlea
of white-beaked dolphin and bottlenose dolphin as ``Type II,'' while
the harbor porpoise cochlea is categorized as ``Type I'' (i.e.,
reinforcing the idea that the white-beaked dolphin is acoustically
more-closely related to the bottlenose dolphin than to porpoises).
Response: Upon re-evaluation, NMFS concurs that based on currently
available data, it is more appropriate for the white-beaked dolphin to
remain in the MF cetacean hearing group. The scientific support to move
this species from MF to HF cetaceans is not to the level of that of two
other members of the genus Lagenorhynchus Peale's and hourglass
dolphins. (Note: In the Navy's justification above, Ketten (2000) did
not analyze white-beaked dolphin cochlea but instead Pacific and
Atlantic white-sided dolphins (also members of the genus
Lagenorhynchus)).
Comment 64: The Commission supported NMFS' decision to include the
newly published audiogram of a harbor porpoise (Kastelein et al., 2015)
in the March 2016 Proposed Changes document. However, other commenters
indicated that NMFS provided incomplete information on this dataset
making it impossible to conduct a meaningful comparison to the July
2015 Draft Guidance.
Response: NMFS disagrees that incomplete information was provided
in the March 2016 Proposed Changes document associated with the
addition of a newly published harbor porpoise audiogram (Kastelein et
al., 2015). The addition of this audiogram did not change the
fundamental methodology associated with the Guidance (i.e., Appendix
A), rather it only added a
[[Page 51710]]
newly available dataset, as will be the case as new data become
available in the future.
Pinniped Hearing and Auditory Weighting Functions
Comment 65: NMFS received a comment indicating that there are not
enough data to establish two separate weighting functions for
pinnipeds.
Response: NMFS disagrees. There are audiogram data available from
three species (eight individuals) of OW pinnipeds and four species
(eight individuals) of PW pinnipeds. Further, based on NMFS' review of
the literature, phocid species have consistently demonstrated an
extended frequency range of hearing compared to otariids, especially in
the higher frequency range. This is believed to be because phocid ears
are anatomically distinct from otariid ears in that phocids have
larger, more dense middle ear ossicles, inflated auditory bulla, and
larger portions of the inner ear (i.e., tympanic membrane, oval window,
and round window), which make them more adapted for underwater hearing.
If one examines the composite audiograms for these two pinniped groups,
distinct differences appear, supporting NMFS' decision to establish two
distinct pinniped hearing groups.
Comment 66: Numerous commenters questioned the justification for
the removal of some of the pinniped datasets based on non-
representative hearing in the March 2016 Proposed Changes document. The
commenters noted that masking is a common issue with obtaining
audiogram data for animals in captivity and indicated that NMFS must
provide a specific explanation for why these particular datasets
contain unique masking problems that are unlike the other datasets used
in the Guidance. An additional commenter requested NMFS provide the
exact procedures as to how and why it removed unrepresentative or
outlier data from its datasets and consider that one reason for
unrepresentative data is due to exposure to anthropogenic sound. Other
commenters, including the Commission, were in favor of removing these
datasets.
Response: Decisions to exclude data were based on comparison of the
individual published audiograms and ambient noise characteristics with
those for other individuals of the same or closely related species. The
most common reasons for excluding an individual's data were abnormal
audiograms featuring high-frequency hearing loss (typically seen in
older animals) or ``notches'' in the audiogram, or data collected in
the presence of relatively high ambient noise which resulted in
elevated thresholds. Excluding these data ensured that the composite
audiograms were not artificially elevated, which could result in
unrealistically high impact thresholds. NMFS disagrees that previous
exposure to anthropogenic sources is the basis for deeming the datasets
unrepresentative, since currently available audiograms are derived from
captive individuals (i.e., there is no indication that anthropogenic
sound in captivity is directly impacting auditory thresholds, other
than via possible masking).
Comment 67: NMFS received several comments indicating that the
proposed changes to the PW pinniped ``a'' parameter, which defines the
slope of the low-frequency portion of the weighting function, were
arbitrary and unsupported. Additionally, a commenter noted an
inconsistency in this parameter (i.e., ``a'' parameter value provided
did not seem to match what was depicted on the PW pinniped weighting
function). Finally, the commenters criticized that the March 2016
Proposed Changes document illustrated (Figure PC5) that the PW exposure
functions was only based on one data point.
Response: The PW pinniped ``a'' parameter is directly derived from
PW pinniped behavioral audiograms (8 individuals of 4 species).
Additionally, the 2016 Proposed Changes document removed
unrepresentative datasets, which resulted in a steeper slope (``a'' =
1.0) compared to the 2015 Draft Guidance (``a'' = 0.8).
Upon re-evaluation, NMFS agrees that there was a slight discrepancy
with the ``a'' parameter depicted in the weighting function provided
for PW pinnipeds in the March 2016 Proposed Changes document. This has
been remedied with the correct value portrayed for this hearing group's
auditory weighting function.
Finally, the March 2016 Proposed Changes document (Figure PC5)
illustrates available TTS data for all hearing groups. NMFS agrees that
data are limited particularly for PW pinnipeds (i.e., two TTS onset
data points). Nevertheless, it should be noted that the exposure/
weighting functions are not merely based on TTS onset data but also
incorporate available audiogram data each for hearing group.
Comment 68: A commenter questioned if there was an error in
Appendix A, specifically with the best-fit parameters associated with
the derivation of the composite audiogram (original and normalized
data) for PW pinnipeds in Table A4. These tables indicate an unusually
high ``F1'' value (excess of 300 kHz) and an anomalous
``T0'' value of negative decibels.
Response: Upon re-evaluation, NMFS determined that the best-fit
parameters for PW are not anomalous or in error. These parameters
mentioned by the commenter are merely fitting parameters for equation 9
in Appendix A and do not directly correspond to a particular feature of
the audiogram (i.e., F1 does not represent the frequency at which the
audiogram reaches a specific value). The value for F1
influences the frequency at which thresholds begin to plateau near the
best sensitivity. Very large values for F1 (and the
accompanying small value for T0) simply reflect little or no
plateau in the thresholds in the region of best sensitivity. In many
respects, the specific numeric values applied to Equation 9 in Appendix
A of Technical Guidance are not key; what matters are the resulting
shapes of the composite audiograms and how well they match the
underlying threshold data.
Comment 69: One commenter suggested that the two species of PW
pinnipeds (i.e., harbor seal and northern elephant seal) mentioned in
the Guidance are commonly found in close proximity to human population
centers and are not good proxies for Arctic and Antarctic seals.
Response: The Technical Guidance relies on more data than from
harbor seal and northern elephant seal. Additionally data from two
Arctic species (spotted seal from Sills et al. (2014) and ringed seal
from Sills et al. (2015)) were used to derive composite audiogram for
PW pinnipeds. Thus, data from four different PW pinniped species were
used to derive composite audiograms for this hearing group. NMFS
believes currently available data are representative of all PW
pinnipeds, including polar species.
Application of Auditory Weighting Functions
Comment 70: One commenter requested that NMFS provide additional
clarification as how the auditory weighting functions were applied to
the data used to develop acoustic thresholds (e.g., were the auditory
weighting functions applied to the entire raw data before calculating
the SELcum) and examples of software that could be used to
apply these weighting functions.
Response: Marine mammal auditory weighting were directly
incorporated in the derivation of thresholds associated with non-
impulsive sounds and then were directly applied in the derivation of
impulsive thresholds, since only limited data are available (Details in
[[Page 51711]]
Appendix A). Section 2.2.4 of the Technical Guidance (Main Document)
provides more detail on how to implement/apply these weighting
functions. For a source consisting of a single tone, the application of
auditory weighting functions is a straight forward process (i.e., only
single frequency to consider). For broadband sounds, the application is
more complicated (i.e., must consider multiple frequencies), which is
why NMFS included alternative weighting factor adjustments for when
frequency weighting functions cannot be fully incorporated (Appendix
D).
Comment 71: One commenter noted that the LF cetacean acoustic
thresholds do not appear to be adjusted based on the LF cetacean
auditory weighting functions and asked whether the threshold for LF
cetaceans exposed to an airgun/watergun with most of its energy in
their primary hearing band as measured in the experiment should be
adjusted.
Response: Marine mammal TTS data for impulsive sources exist only
for two hearing groups (i.e., MF and HF cetaceans). For other groups,
alternative methodology was developed using MF and HF cetaceans as
surrogate data and assuming the relationship between impulsive and non-
impulsive thresholds is conserved among hearing groups (i.e.,
methodology resulted in a TTS onset threshold for impulsive sources
that is 11 dB lower than the TTS threshold onset for non-impulsive
sources). NMFS disagrees that any adjustment needs to be made to the LF
cetacean acoustic thresholds. Weighting functions are also implemented
in exposure modeling, which will take into account whether or not a
sound falls within a hearing group's most susceptible frequency range.
Comment 72: A few commenters indicated that Tougaard et al. (2013)
note that auditory weighing functions cannot themselves be
``conservative'' if applied in establishing and then implementing
acoustic thresholds. To achieve a conservative approach, the commenters
suggested the application of a more tailored function at the acoustic
threshold determination stage in combination with a wider and more
energy-inclusive function at the implementation stage. The commenters
suggested that NMFS use a function normalized to a lower level (e.g., -
3 dB) for establishing acoustic thresholds, while using functions
normalized to a higher level (e.g., 0 dB) for estimating the number of
``takes'' when implementing these thresholds. The commenters provided
the example that JASCO Applied Sciences typically incorporates a 3-dB
precautionary adjustment in their propagation modeling to account for
uncertainty.
Response: The Technical Guidance explains that auditory weighting
functions are considered within both the data evaluation and
implementation processes, as pointed out by Tougaard et al. (2013) (now
published Tougaard et al., 2015). NMFS acknowledges that adjustments
during the data evaluation process that result in a lower threshold
could potentially translate to smaller isopleths, if a source has
energy in frequencies outside a hearing groups most susceptible hearing
range (i.e., weighting functions are essentially filters; their
application results either in the same size or in smaller isopleths or
the same or lower thresholds). Tougaard et al. (2015) provide some
important factors for consideration when applying weighting functions
in both the context of data evaluation and implementation. However,
NMFS does not find it appropriate to normalize the Technical Guidance's
acoustic thresholds, as suggested by the commenters, as there are no
data to support doing so. Further, several conservative assumptions
were applied to the derivation of acoustic thresholds to account for
uncertainty and limited data (see Response to Comment 77). Finally,
NMFS' application of auditory weighting functions is consistent with
what has been done for humans (i.e., A-weighted thresholds used in
conjunction with A-weighting during implementation).
As for the 3-dB adjustment JASCO Applied Sciences makes to the
results of their propagation models, this adjustment is based on their
best fit analysis, where 90 percent of all their measured values fall
within 3 dB of the mean level (e.g., see any recent SSV reports from
JASCO Applied Sciences, like Beland et al. (2013), for more details).
NMFS used this same premise to re-examine the TTS onset thresholds for
non-impulsive sources for data collected via both the preferred
behavioral technique as well as AEP methodology, the next tier in our
data hierarchy (the same analysis could not be done for impulsive
sources, where data are limited to two studies). It was found that for
all hearing groups, except PW pinnipeds, the TTS onset thresholds
encompassed more than 90 percent of available TTS data (MF cetaceans,
only two points below the onset threshold, with maximum point only 2 dB
below), and in some situations 100 percent of TTS data (i.e., OW and HF
cetaceans; although both these groups are data limited). For PW, which
are also data limited, only one of the five available data points was
below the TTS onset threshold (i.e., 1 dB below the threshold). Thus,
NMFS believes any further adjustments to the thresholds are unnecessary
and that they provide realistic predictions, based on currently
available data, of noise-induced hearing loss in marine mammals.
Temporary Threshold Shifts
Comment 73: One commenter cautioned that a 6 dB threshold shift may
be appropriate for testing TTS but should not be confused with the
level that is biologically important (e.g., 6 dB corresponds to a
roughly 8-fold decrease in the volume in which biologically significant
sounds can be detected through passive listening).
Response: The Technical Guidance considers a threshold shift of 6
dB the minimum threshold shift clearly larger than any day-to-day or
session-to-session variation in a subject's normal hearing ability and
is typically the minimum amount of threshold shift that can be
differentiated in most experimental conditions (Schlundt et al., 2000;
Finneran et al., 2000; Finneran et al., 2002). Similarly, for humans,
NIOSH (1998) regards the range of audiometric testing variability to be
approximately 5 dB. Because the Technical Guidance does not address the
biological significance of passive listening, NMFS has set the onset of
TTS at the lowest level that exceeds recorded variation and could be
considered biologically significant.
Comment 74: One commenter noted that the Guidance appeared to use
temporary threshold shift (TTS) when it may mean threshold shift (TS)
and suggested that NMFS use terms consistently and clearly.
Another commenter requested the Guidance make clear that a
threshold shift is a symptom of noise exposure rather than an impact
(i.e., a manifestation of an anatomical alteration that deters or
eliminates auditory responses). The commenter emphasized that
impairments arise from other acoustic features associated with what the
ear receives (i.e., not necessarily characteristics associated with the
source), and there are multiple components to any received sound (e.g.,
received level, timing, intensity, sensitivity, time course, recovery
period), all of which may act singly or in concert to impact an ear at
any frequency and for any species, whether in air or water. As such,
the commenter suggested the Guidance include a brief statement
indicating the choice of using a threshold shift to assess the effects
of noise on hearing is one driven by practicality (i.e., Guidance does
not address all critical features associated
[[Page 51712]]
with impacts from sound, but there is an awareness and expectation that
other features require investigation and that these may ultimately
alter the thresholds according to their interplay and relative
potential for harm).
Response: NMFS has revised the Technical Guidance to clearly
distinguish between a threshold shift (temporary or permanent) as a
term which indicates the increase in threshold of audibility (i.e., 6
dB for onset of TTS and 40 dB for onset of PTS) versus the exposure
level (i.e., acoustic threshold) associated with that shift.
NMFS agrees that a threshold shift is a ``symptom'' rather than an
``impact.'' However, in the context of the Technical Guidance and in
terms of how the acoustic thresholds will be used, the term/concept of
``impact'' is one that readers of the document will be more familiar
with. NMFS also agrees that features of the signal at the receiver are
most important, but are often most difficult to determine. The
Technical Guidance includes more information explaining when choices
are based on considerations of practicality because of complexity and
makes various research recommendations to address these issues
(Appendix B).
Comment 75: Several commenters requested clarification on the
application of TTS onset acoustic thresholds presented in the Guidance
under NMFS' relevant statutes, including the Commission, which
recommended all applicants be required to use the Guidance's TTS onset
thresholds. The Commission requested further clarification on how the
Guidance's TTS thresholds are to be implemented in conjunction with
NMFS' generic RMS SPL 120/160 dB behavioral thresholds.
Response: The Technical Guidance sets forth the levels at which TTS
and PTS onset are likely to occur. In this Federal Register Notice
(Regulatory Context), we describe our current agency practice for
assessing take and refer readers to that section (this information
previously appeared in the Draft Guidance Regulatory Context section).
In short, PTS onset is treated as Level A harassment under the MMPA and
harm under the ESA (as well as injury under NMSA as administered by
NOS' National Marine Sanctuary Program), and NMFS recommends using the
Technical Guidance to estimate take from PTS exposures in regulatory
compliance documents.
Regarding TTS, with the exception of underwater explosives (see
Regulatory Context), NMFS does not currently recommend calculations of
TTS exposures separate from assessments of Level B harassment or ESA
harassment using the prior existing thresholds for enumerating
behavioral takes. NMFS is in the process of evaluating behavioral
effects thresholds and intends to develop related guidance for use in
its regulatory processes. Because the effects in consideration when TTS
is incurred are behavioral and temporary in nature, much like
behavioral responses, we intend to address those effects in the context
of regulatory compliance at that time.
Comment 76: Multiple commenters indicated an inconsistency in the
Guidance in the characterization of TTS among NOAA's various statutes
(i.e., NMFS collectively does not consider TTS an auditory injury, but
TTS is considered injury under the broad definition of the NMSA) and
suggested NOAA implement a consistent regulatory interpretation of the
term injure when addressing acoustic exposures on marine mammals.
Response: The Guidance is a technical document that compiles,
interprets, and synthesizes the scientific literature, to produce
updated, scientifically-based, impact thresholds for assessing the
effects of noise on hearing. Although these changes may necessitate new
methodologies for calculating impacts, the application of the
thresholds under applicable statutes remains consistent with past and
current NMFS practice. See Regulatory Context section in this Federal
Register Notice. That information was moved out of the main body of the
Guidance to emphasize the distinction between the scientific exercise
of developing updated thresholds, which is science-based, and the
application of thresholds in the regulatory arena, which is also
informed by policy and legal considerations.
Comment 77: Multiple commenters recommended that NMFS consider
threshold shifts requiring extended recovery periods (e.g., in excess
of 24 hours), as well as nerve and other related damage, to be included
in the definition of injury. The commenters expressed concern that NMFS
did not consider the results of Kujawa and Liberman (2009) and Lin et
al. (2011), and suggested the Guidance state that the PTS acoustic
thresholds will be conservatively revised in the future to reflect any
new evidence showing correlations of injurious effects of TTS below
these new acoustic thresholds.
Response: NMFS recognizes this is an area where additional study is
needed. NMFS has included several conservative assumptions in its
protocol for examining marine mammal hearing loss data (e.g., using a 6
dB threshold shift to represent TTS onset, not directly accounting for
exposure levels that did not result in threshold shifts, assuming there
is no recovery with the 24-h baseline accumulation period or between
intermittent exposures, etc.).
The Technical Guidance includes information from Kujawa and
Liberman (2009) and Lin et al. (2011) as a way to illustrate the
complexity associated with noise-induced hearing loss and as an area
where more research is needed (Appendix B). NMFS finds that these
studies would be informative for use as qualitative considerations
within the comprehensive effects analysis. NMFS acknowledges the
complexity of sound exposure on the nervous system, and will re-examine
this issue as more data become available.
Comment 78: One commenter indicated that in Germany, TTS is
considered the onset of injury. The commenter suggested that since many
countries may adopt this Guidance rather than developing their own,
NMFS make clear that choosing PTS as onset for injury is based on U.S.
legal considerations.
Response: This Federal Register Notice contains a section
explaining the current U.S. regulatory context for using the acoustic
thresholds contained in the Technical Guidance.
Comment 79: Several commenters indicated that chronic, repeated
exposures to levels capable of inducing TTS can lead to PTS and
recommended that NMFS consider cumulative effects of all anthropogenic
sound sources in terms of long-term exposure in the development of the
Guidance's acoustic thresholds, as well as within the context of NEPA.
Specifically, it was suggested that, apart from the accumulation time
applied to any single activity (i.e., acoustic thresholds), NMFS add
repeated, intermittent exposure to multiple acoustic activities to its
table of ``qualitative factors for consideration.''
Response: NMFS acknowledges that cumulative effects and long-term
exposure of noise are important considerations in understanding the
impacts of sound on marine mammals and that repeated exposures
initially resulting in TTS have the potential to result in PTS.
However, they are beyond the scope of this document, in terms of
developing quantitative acoustic thresholds and are being considered by
other mechanisms within or supported by NOAA (e.g., NOAA Ocean Noise
Strategy and CetSound Projects; National Research Council's Ocean
Studies Board's Cumulative Effects of Human Activities on Marine Mammal
Populations Study). The Technical Guidance focuses on acute exposures
to
[[Page 51713]]
noise and threshold shifts associated with these types of exposures.
Additionally, the TTS data currently available for marine mammals only
support deriving thresholds for these types of short-term exposures,
rather than long-term/chronic exposure. Having data to address more
realistic exposure scenarios, including repeated exposures, have been
identified within our Research Recommendation Appendix (Appendix B).
NMFS has added cumulative exposures to its recommended qualitative
factors to consider within a comprehensive effects analysis. The
discussion of qualitative factors has been moved from the main Guidance
document to Appendix B (See Response to Comment 130).
Comment 80: One commenter recommended that since seismic activities
do not cause PTS and TTS ``during realistic field conditions,'' there
is no need to apply the new PTS and TTS acoustic thresholds levels in
the Guidance to these activities.
Response: NMFS notes that the only marine mammal TTS data available
are from laboratory studies, and that there are no TTS data available
for any sound source in more realistic field conditions. Nevertheless,
marine mammal laboratory studies offer vital information on exposure
situations that can result in noise-induced threshold shifts, and NMFS
used this information to establish acoustic thresholds for free-ranging
animals exposed to anthropogenic sound sources in their natural
environment. NMFS is not aware of any evidence to indicate that seismic
sound sources should be treated differently than any other
anthropogenic sound source.
Uncertainty and Statistical Analyses Associated With Temporary
Threshold Shift Data
Comment 81: Several commenters suggested that where a potential for
uncertainty exists NMFS should proceed cautiously and consider
adjustments to thresholds that are most protective of the animals. One
commenter specifically urged NMFS to consider the precautionary
principle within the Guidance and NOAA's need to comply with its own
statutes.
Response: The Technical Guidance identifies areas of uncertainty
and data limitations (Appendix A) and has made several conservative
assumptions to account for this (e.g., defining TTS onset as the level
just above where individual variability in hearing occurs, not
accounting for exposures where TTS onset did not occur, etc.). See
Response to Comment 49 for more details on the issue of uncertainty.
Additionally, a Research Recommendations section has been added to
identify data gaps (Appendix B). As more data become available, NMFS
can explore more sophisticated means of analysis.
As previously indicated, the acoustic thresholds do not represent
the entirety of an effects analysis, but rather serve as one tool to
help evaluate the effects of a proposed action and make findings
required by NOAA's various statutes. Further, other measures can be
employed to account for uncertainty beyond considerations within the
Technical Guidance (e.g., mitigation/monitoring requirements).
Comment 82: Multiple commenters recommended that the procedures for
establishing acoustic thresholds be revised to use the lowest available
value or correction factor to account for the full representation of
the distribution of TTS/PTS onset in a population rather than using the
median value if five or more data points are available. Specifically,
commenters expressed concern that NMFS is producing a threshold closer
to the population mean (i.e., the point at which the first ``take'' is
estimated to occur is roughly 50 percent of any given population will
have already experienced a threshold shift) by relying on the median
value. These commenters suggested that NMFS investigate statistical
methods that deal with probabilities and distributions (e.g., Bayesian
statistics), which particularly account for individual variability and
uncertainty over the mean of threshold shift onset. These commenters
further indicated that these statistical methods or a simple less
precise alternative where the lowest reported TTS onset value was
always selected (instead of the median) would likely provide a more
appropriate estimation of TTS/PTS onset for a given proportion of the
population.
Contrary to the comments above, another commenter cautioned against
relying on the lowest onset with limited data because these data could
be outliers and result in overly conservative acoustic thresholds. The
commenter further indicated that overly conservative thresholds could
result in unrealistic exposure estimates and suggested NMFS' protocol
be modified to examine the distribution of the data and make a reasoned
decision about whether the lowest threshold might be an outlier and
whether (and how) it should be included in the determination of a
threshold.
Response: NMFS incorporated several conservative assumptions into
the derivation of the acoustic thresholds to account for uncertainty
and variability (see Response to Comment 77). The comment's reference
to use of a median value if five or more data points are available
refers to proposed methodology from the 2013 Draft Guidance. The 2015
Draft Guidance contained updated methodology for deriving TTS/PTS onset
acoustic thresholds which better account for available marine mammal
data (see Response to Comment 72).
NMFS used the best available science to develop the Technical
Guidance. As more data are collected, NMFS will be better able to
identify outliers (e.g., one individual has an unusually high or low
threshold or testing procedures led to flawed results) and consider
necessary adjustments (i.e., removal of an outlier datum).
Comment 83: Multiple commenters expressed concern associated with
the Guidance's low acoustic thresholds for the HF cetacean hearing
group. Specifically, the commenters indicated that for impulsive sound,
the thresholds are based on data from a single study involving a single
animal (harbor porpoise) (Lucke et al., 2009), and for non-impulsive
sound, the threshold is based on a single study involving only two
animals (Popov et al., 2011). The commenters remarked that both studies
have potential biases and uncertainty and urged NMFS to allow for
flexibility in the implementation of acoustic thresholds in future
regulatory processes.
Response: NMFS acknowledges that, for most hearing groups, data are
available only from a limited number of species and a limited number of
individuals within that species. The need for more data from all
species is highlighted in the newly added Research Recommendation
section of the Technical Guidance (Appendix B).
In addition, new data have become available since the NMFS received
this comment during the first public comment period. As indicated in
the Technical Guidance, the acoustic threshold (SELcum
metric) for HF cetaceans exposed to non-impulsive sound was derived
using data from three studies (i.e., Kastelein et al., 2012, Kastelein
et al., 2014a, and Kastelein et al., 2014b, not Popov et al., 2011a,
which did not derive TTS onset and relied on AEP methodology). These
new studies support results from Lucke et al. 2009 indicating that
harbor porpoises have a lower TTS onset than other cetaceans (i.e.,
reason for separating MF and HF cetaceans into separate hearing
groups).
NMFS recognizes that acoustic thresholds for HF cetaceans, which
are based exclusively from harbor porpoise
[[Page 51714]]
data, are much lower than other hearing groups, and therefore some
additional considerations may be warranted on a case-by-case basis.
However, it also should be noted that auditory weighting functions
should be considered when evaluating impacts of sound on HF cetaceans,
which are most susceptible to injury from higher frequency sounds
(e.g., 25 to 60 kHz).
Comment 84: Multiple commenters recommended a precautionary
approach (i.e., more conservative thresholds) when applying the
Guidance to activities and species in the Arctic.
Response: NMFS recognizes that marine mammals in the Arctic are
experiencing increasing pressures from human activities (e.g., climate
change, increased commercial activities). However, NMFS does not find
that there are data to indicate greater susceptibility of Arctic
species to noise-induced hearing loss compared to non-Arctic species.
Data from two Arctic species (spotted seal from Sills et al., 2014 and
ringed seal from Sills et al., 2015) were used to derive composite
audiograms for PW pinnipeds. Additionally, measured underwater hearing
of two captive spotted seals (Sills et al., 2014) and two captive
ringed seals (Sills et al., 2015) found these species' hearing
abilities are comparable to harbor seals. Thus, harbor seals (i.e.,
only phocid with TTS data are available) are believed to be an
appropriate surrogate for ice seal species.
Further, audiogram data from belugas (n=9; more individuals of this
species than any other) were specifically used to derive composite
audiograms for MF cetaceans. In addition, recent data from Castellote
et al. (2014), from free-ranging belugas in Alaska, indicate of the
seven individuals tested (3 females/4 males; 1 subadult/6 adults), all
had hearing abilities ``similar to those of belugas measured in
zoological settings.'' Thus, from this study, it appears that for
baseline hearing measurements, captive individuals are an appropriate
surrogate for free-ranging animals. The Technical Guidance also
incorporates TTS data (i.e., TTS onset and TTS growth rate) are
available from four individual belugas (e.g., Schlundt et al., 2000;
Popov et al., 2014)
Thus, data from Arctic species are directly incorporated into
numerous aspects of the Technical Guidance's methodology. These data
indicate additional conservative adjustments in determining thresholds
unnecessary. Precautionary adjustments may be made elsewhere (e.g.,
applied in a specific regulatory context of fully evaluating effects,
authorizing, and developing mitigation for an action).
Cetacean Temporary Threshold Shift Data
Comment 85: There was concerned expressed that the low TTS onset
thresholds for HF cetaceans exposed to impulsive sources results from a
AEP study, opposed to one using behavioral methods, and that this
violates the methodology of only using behavioral data stipulated in
Appendix A of the Guidance. Contrary to this comment, multiple
commenters advocated for the inclusion of TTS data derived using AEPs
into the Guidance's methodology.
Response: As mentioned in earlier, NMFS established an informal
data hierarchy in consideration of the development of the Technical
Guidance's composite audiograms and acoustic thresholds (see Response
to Comment 43), with the best-representative data being used over other
sources. In the case of deriving TTS acoustic thresholds for HF
cetaceans, only one dataset is currently available (Lucke et al.,
2009), which relies on AEP measurements. Appendix A specifically
addresses this issue: ``Note that the data from Lucke et al. (2009) are
based on AEP measurements and may thus under-estimate TTS onset;
however, they are used here because of the very limited nature of the
impulse TTS data for marine mammals and the likelihood that the high-
frequency cetaceans are more susceptible than the mid-frequency
cetaceans (i.e., use of the mid-frequency cetacean value is not
appropriate).''
There have been limited comparisons of TTS data collected via
behavioral versus AEP methods for any marine mammals, especially marine
mammals. There is only one available marine mammal study (Finneran et
al., 2007) that found threshold shifts of 40 to 45 dB associated with
AEP methods and 19 to 33 dB thresholds shifts measured via behavioral
methods. These two methodologies do not provide the same results (i.e.,
AEP methods consistently produce higher thresholds compared to
behavioral techniques), and there is currently no accurate means
available to ``correct'' AEP data so that it can be more comparable to
those obtained via behavioral techniques.
Comment 86: One commenter requested the Guidance provide additional
clarification on the TTS PK acoustic threshold of 224 dB for MF
cetaceans and suggested a 226 dB value be used instead, as is cited in
Finneran et al. (2002).
Response: NMFS notes the Guidance's MF cetacean TTS onset PK
threshold is based on the pressure levels originally expressed as
pounds per square inch (psi) presented in Finneran et al. (2002). This
value was then converted from psi to peak pressure levels (i.e., 23 psi
is equivalent to PK 224 dB). The PK 226 dB, referred to by the
commenter, was a peak-to-peak pressure level and not a peak pressure
level (i.e., different metric), which was why it was not directly
applied to the Technical Guidance.
Comment 87: The Commission recommended that instead of using the MF
cetaceans' PK thresholds as surrogates for other hearing groups where
no data are available that NMFS consider dynamic range (i.e.,
difference between threshold at frequency of best hearing sensitivity
and peak pressure threshold) for deriving peak pressure thresholds, as
has been used for humans (e.g., 140 dB from Occupational Safety and
Health Administration, OSHA). The Commission specifically suggested
NMFS apply the measured dynamic range from HF cetaceans to the derive
thresholds for LF cetaceans, PW pinnipeds, and OW pinnipeds.
Contrary to the Commission's recommendation, several commenters
criticized NMFS' use of dynamic range to predict PK thresholds.
Specifically, commenters questioned NMFS use of onset TTS to define
dynamic range, since the onset of TTS is not equivalent to the
threshold of pain and therefore overly conservative (i.e., different
between TTS onset and PTS is approximately 40 dB). Additionally, these
commenters indicated that dynamic range data are available for both
pinniped hearing groups (Kastak et al., 2005) and should be used
instead of surrogate data from MF and HF cetaceans.
Additionally, one group of commenters requested NMFS provide more
information on why the median dynamic range for MF and HF cetaceans was
used as a surrogate for LF cetaceans.
Response: NMFS evaluated the Commission's recommendation of an
alternative methodology for deriving PK thresholds using dynamic range
and determined that it is a more valid approach to approximating PK
thresholds for hearing groups where no data exist. However, NMFS
determined that using the dynamic range for HF cetaceans for other
hearing groups was not appropriate and instead used the median of the
dynamic range from both MF and HF cetaceans to derive PK thresholds for
PW and OW pinnipeds and LF cetaceans.
As for comments criticizing the Technical Guidance's methodology
for establishing PK thresholds based on dynamic range, NMFS notes that
[[Page 51715]]
``dynamic range'' can have many connotations. In the Technical
Guidance, we relate hearing threshold and TTS onset levels, and
therefore define dynamic range based on hearing threshold and TTS
onset. Furthermore, NMFS does consider a 40 dB threshold shift to
represent the PTS onset and uses this value to approximate PTS onset
thresholds from available TTS onset data (i.e., TTS growth rate data).
NMFS re-evaluated data within Kastak et al. (2005) to consider for
establishing PK pressure thresholds for pinnipeds, rather than using
surrogate MF and HF cetacean data. Within this publication, NMFS could
not find any information on dynamic range for pinnipeds or any other
publication that provides impulsive data for pinnipeds. Therefore,
dynamic range cannot be directly calculated for pinnipeds and surrogate
data had to be used.
As for the request for more information on why a surrogate dynamic
range from MF and HF cetacean data was used for LF cetaceans, NMFS
relied on the methodology used in other situations to derive surrogate
values for species groups where data do not exist (i.e., use data from
other hearing groups, assuming groups where data are not available fall
within the bounds of existing marine mammal data). Until data become
available for these hearing groups, NMFS believes this method is an
appropriate means of deriving surrogate values.
Comment 88: Multiple commenters expressed concern that the Guidance
excludes studies in which TTS was not induced, and that, as a result,
the acoustic thresholds could represent exposure scenarios that will
not necessarily result in TTS under all conditions. The commenters
suggested that Guidance's thresholds should only be used to estimate
the number of animals that could potentially experience TTS (i.e.,
acoustic exposure levels describe potential and not actual TTS onset
for all exposure scenarios) and that exposures not inducing TTS be
directly included and used to develop the Guidance's acoustic
thresholds. The commenters stressed that this distinction is important
because the Draft Guidance defines TTS, not ``potential TTS,'' as Level
B harassment and that how Level B harassment is estimated has important
relevance to the ``small numbers'' and ``negligible impact''
determinations that must be made in support of MMPA incidental take
authorizations.
Response: The Technical Guidance itself does not rely upon or
address regulatory practice or interpretations. The section of the
Draft Guidance that discussed application of thresholds in the
regulatory context for informational purposes has been more
appropriately placed in this Federal Register Notice (see Regulatory
Context). However, to account for uncertainty and limited data, the
Technical Guidance used a conservative protocol to estimate the onset
of TTS (see Response to Comment 77). NMFS agrees that exposure
scenarios where TTS could not be induced are not directly accounted for
in the development of the quantitative acoustic thresholds.
Nevertheless, in some situations, studies where TTS could not be
induced are used to evaluate (cross-check) the Guidance thresholds
(e.g., HF cetacean pile driving data; MF cetacean seismic airgun data,
MF cetacean explosion simulator data). As more data become available,
NMFS may explore alternative means of deriving acoustic thresholds
(e.g., protocol that directly accounts for scenarios when threshold
shifts do and do not occur).
Comment 89: The Commission indicated that TTS data have not been
collected for either HF or MF cetaceans below 1 kHz. Further, they
recommend that measurements of TTS frequencies lower than 1 kHz and TTS
measurements associated with exposure to multiple pulses/hammers
strikes be added the Guidance's Research Recommendations (Appendix B).
Response: Although limited, TTS data have been collected at
frequencies below 1 kHz for HF and MF cetaceans. Finneran et al. (2015)
exposed bottlenose dolphins (MF cetaceans) to multiple impulses from
seismic airguns measured TTS at a range of frequencies (0.5 to 64 kHz)
for three individuals (see Figure 6 in Finneran et al., 2015b).
Additionally, Kastelein et al. (2015) exposed a harbor porpoise (HF
cetacean) to playbacks of offshore pile driving and measured TTS at a
range of frequencies from 0.5 to 125 kHz. Finally, Kastelein et al.
(2014) exposed harbor porpoise (HF cetaceans) to 1 to 2 kHz sonar
sweeps and measured TTS at 1.5 kHz. NMFS agrees with the Commission's
recommendations for additional research and has added them to Appendix
B of the Guidance (i.e., Sound Exposure to More Realistic Scenarios).
Pinniped Temporary Threshold Shift Data
Comment 90: One commenter remarked that pinnipeds are likely to be
less sensitive to noise compared to cetaceans and expressed concern
that the Guidance's extrapolations using cetaceans as surrogates for
pinnipeds may be flawed. Given the current lack of information, the
commenter suggested the highest threshold values from any of the
cetacean hearing groups (and not any higher) be used to establish the
underwater acoustic thresholds for pinnipeds.
Response: In establishing the pinniped thresholds, NMFS used the
best available data (i.e., non-impulsive TTS thresholds are based on
measurements collected from three individual harbor seals and a single
California sea lion) and acknowledges that in some situations where no
pinniped data were available, cetacean data were used as surrogate data
to derive acoustic thresholds for pinnipeds. As an example, for PK
thresholds, data from MF cetaceans and HF cetaceans were used to
determine an appropriate dynamic range for pinnipeds, but this
surrogate dynamic range was then combined with direct data on hearing
thresholds from pinnipeds to derive these thresholds (i.e., combination
of pinniped and other marine mammal data). As more direct pinniped data
become available, NMFS will re-evaluate these acoustic thresholds. This
has specifically been identified as a data gap within the Research
Recommendation Appendix (Appendix B) of the Technical Guidance.
Comment 91: A commenter expressed concern that the thresholds for
OW pinnipeds were much higher than other hearing groups, especially
that the SELcum thresholds are not much lower than the PK
threshold. It was indicated that these values appear anomalous and
should be verified.
Response: NMFS re-evaluated the data used to derive the OW pinniped
acoustic thresholds. There are only limited data available for this
hearing group, with TTS onset thresholds for non-impulsive sources
coming from a single California sea lion. This threshold is 18 dB
higher than that for PW pinnipeds and at least 20+ dB higher than the
thresholds for the cetacean hearing group. Additionally, with the
updated methodology to estimate PK thresholds using dynamic range (2016
Proposed Changes document), the OW pinniped PK thresholds have
increased by 2 dB compared to the thresholds in the 2015 Draft
Guidance. Due to lack of data for OW pinnipeds, surrogate datasets or
methodologies to approximate TTS onset for impulsive sounds and PTS
onset levels had to be used. These approximations build upon the one
data set available for OW pinnipeds. Thus, all the resulting thresholds
are higher than those of other hearing groups. This has been
highlighted within the Technical
[[Page 51716]]
Guidance's Appendix B: Research Recommendations.
Alternative Acoustic Thresholds (Optional Means To Incorporate
Weighting Functions)
Comment 92: One commenter suggested that there is no justification
or explanation for the process for alternative acoustic thresholds
within the 2015 Draft Guidance and that attempts to compare the results
of using these alternative thresholds seem to produce conservative
(i.e., higher) levels of exposure when compared to the thresholds the
encompass the full auditory weighting function.
Response: Based on public comment, NMFS re-evaluated its proposed
alternative acoustic thresholds and replaced this methodology with
optional weighting factor adjustments (WFAs) that more realistically
incorporate marine mammal auditory weighting functions for all hearing
groups (not just HF and MF cetaceans) and allow for all action
proponents to use the same acoustic thresholds.
NMFS has included additional explanation in the final Technical
Guidance's Appendix D. For situations where the full auditory weighting
functions cannot be incorporated, updated weighting factor adjustments
are provided, which are based on broader, simpler consideration of
weighting functions (i.e., relies on using a single frequency that best
represents where a particular sound has energy). Incorporating optional
WFAs should result in similar if not identical isopleths for narrowband
sources and slightly more conservative isopleths (albeit more realistic
than the previous alternative threshold methodology) for broadband
sources compared to those action proponents that can fully incorporate
the Technical Guidance's auditory weighting functions.
Comment 93: The Commission questioned the utility of two sets of
thresholds in the Guidance (i.e., weighted and unweighted), noting that
if an action proponent can calculate or determine the isopleths
(distances) to the relevant thresholds (weighted or unweighted) then
that same action proponent should be able to apply the auditory
weighting functions. The Commission suggested that NMFS require action
proponents to use the best available science, including auditory
weighting functions and relevant weighted thresholds, rather than give
action proponents the choice of using unweighted thresholds.
Response: NMFS notes that the updated optional WFAs, which replace
the Draft Guidance alternative thresholds, are provided for action
proponents unable to fully incorporate auditory weighting functions.
This is because, especially for broadband sources (which most
anthropogenic sources are), this incorporation is not a simple
calculation (i.e., it depends upon the spectrum of the source). NMFS
regards the practicality of applying more complex, updated thresholds
an important consideration. This is why NMFS has provided the simpler
optional WFA approach, which allows action proponents to apply
weighting in a simpler manner (i.e., most appropriate single
frequency). The use of WFAs results in all action proponents using on
the same thresholds.
Comment 94: Several commenters suggested that the Guidance provide
clear direction on which thresholds should be used and under what
specific circumstances. Further, multiple commenters noted that the
Guidance's alternative thresholds (updated WFAs in final Technical
Guidance) represent a simple and conservative way to present the
thresholds and recommended that they be applied to all action
proponents. Doing so, the commenters suggested, would simplify
implementation for all authorization action proponents, as well as
those processing and reviewing the applications, including the
associated public comment by increasing transparency and reducing
application processing time.
Response: As indicated in the Response to the previous comment,
alternative thresholds have been removed from the final Technical
Guidance, such that all action proponents are using identical
thresholds, regardless of their ability to incorporated marine mammal
weighting functions. NMFS appreciates the need for clarity and has
included more information in the final Technical Guidance's Appendix D
regarding when optional WFAs should be used. Specifically, text has
been added to indicate that NMFS recognizes that the implementation of
marine mammal auditory weighting functions represents a new and
complicating factor for consideration, which may extend beyond the
capabilities of some action proponents and that NMFS has developed
optional WFAs for those who cannot fully apply weighting functions
associated with the SELcum metric. Action proponents are
encouraged to incorporate as many factors, like full auditory weighting
functions, into their exposure models as possible.
Comment 95: One commenter suggested that NMFS include a more
detailed definition of the term ``narrowband,'' one that includes
explanatory text with regard to the derivation, terms and application
within the Guidance. Additionally, it was pointed out that NMFS is
incorrect to assume that narrowband sources will precisely adhere to
manufacture specifications and that harmonics or subharmonics are
unusual occurrences with these sources.
Response: NMFS agrees and has included additional clarification in
the Technical Guidance regarding the derivation and application of WFAs
in Appendix D (see Response to Comment 70). The term ``bandwidth'' is
defined in the Glossary (Appendix E). Additionally, based on this
comment, NMFS has revised the Technical Guidance to indicate harmonics
and sub-harmonics are almost always present and should be considered
when evaluating a source. The terms ``harmonics'' and ``sub-harmonics''
have also been added to the Glossary (Appendix E) of the Technical
Guidance.
24-Hour Accumulation Period
Comment 96: One commenter suggested the Guidance's
SELcum metric should require that the accumulation period be
based on the time an animal is or could be exposed to the sound and not
necessarily the time the noise occurs.
Along these same lines, the Commission noted that the accumulation
period should account for the biology, ecology, and ecological setting
(e.g., semi-enclosed bay, steep-sided underwater canyon) of the
affected animals and recommended that for activities that last at least
24 hours, NMFS consult with scientists and acousticians regarding the
applicability of an accumulation time for species that occur in a
confined or small geographic area during an extended period of time and
for activities that may affect resident populations or marine mammals
involved in certain behavior states (e.g., feeding, breeding/nursing,
socializing). Several other commenters provided similar examples and
made similar recommendations.
Response: NMFS agrees that the accumulation time associated with
SELcum metric should be based on the time the animal is
exposed, but notes that this can be exceedingly difficult if not
impossible or practical to determine (i.e., an animal's movement can
vary over space and time).
Further, NMFS acknowledges for exposure scenarios that occur in
confined geographic areas with resident populations, case-specific
modifications can be made, if appropriate, to the accumulation period
to capture the
[[Page 51717]]
potential for extended exposure periods for these populations. Various
factors could be considered, including consulting with scientists, if
appropriate.
Comment 97: One commenter expressed concern that implementing a
fixed accumulation period that is not based on physiology could have
unintended consequences. The commenter provided the example of when an
operation lasts for more than 24 hours, the use of a fixed 24-h
accumulation period may result in animals being ``taken'' multiple
times and that this may skew the risk assessment.
Response: The Technical Guidance focuses on predicting onset of PTS
and TTS, including consideration of energy accumulation. In the
regulatory context, NMFS acknowledges that the application of the
updated acoustic thresholds for quantifying take could result in
scenarios where an animal could be ``taken'' on multiple days (i.e., a
stationary source near resident animals; mobile source continuing over
multiple days), but this is no different from how take calculations are
done under the current thresholds, nor should it skew the broader
effects analysis. Ultimately, other factors would have to be taken into
consideration within a comprehensive effect analysis, including if the
same animals are exposed or ``taken'' on multiple days.
Comment 98: Several commenters recommended that the accumulation
period encompass the entire duration of an activity and suggested NMFS
revise the Technical Guidance to allow for the option of
SELcum modeling for the duration of the activity, in order
to allow action proponents the ability to utilize the approach with the
smallest estimated number of marine mammal exposures.
Response: NMFS determined the data currently available for deriving
acoustic thresholds do not support an accumulation period beyond 24
hours (e.g., available marine mammal TTS data are only available for
shorter duration exposures). Further, a key consideration in accurately
accumulating exposure beyond the recommended 24-h period is the ability
to accurately predict the location of the receiver relative to the
source. Again, the understanding of marine mammal distribution and
movement, especially during periods of sound exposure, is limited.
These data limitations hamper the ability to make realistic exposure
predictions for longer duration exposures. However, NMFS acknowledges
that there may be specific exposure situations where this accumulation
period requires adjustment and will work with action proponents to make
these adjustments (e.g., a resident population found in a small and/or
confined area; continuous stationery activity nearby an area where
marine mammals congregate, like a pinniped pupping beach). Finally,
NMFS recommends use of the approach that produces the most accurate
results for an activity (i.e., not necessarily the one that produces
the smallest or largest number of exposures).
Comment 99: Multiple commenters requested clarification as to
whether the Guidance accounts for the accumulation of sound from
multiple activities in the same area and multiple sources/phases
associated with a single activity. The commenters requested that an
alternative method/metric be developed for multiple sources active in
the same area at the same time (i.e., to better address cumulative
exposure associated with the entire soundscape). Specifically, the
Commission recommended that NMFS require action proponents use the
Guidance thresholds for determining the relevant isopleths associated
with activities that use multiple sound sources in the same area during
the same timeframe (e.g., multibeam echosounders and sub-bottom
profilers simultaneously with airguns during a seismic survey, various
types of sonar and/or impulsive sources used simultaneously during a
military exercise), rather than requiring action proponents to apply
the thresholds to discrete sources used during a specific activity.
Response: The Technical Guidance recommends application of the
SELcum metric to assess the impacts of noise on hearing for
individual activities/sources. Because current data available for
deriving acoustic thresholds are based on exposure to only a single
source, this metric is not intended for accumulating sound exposure
from multiple activities occurring within the same area or over the
same time or for multiple sources within a single activity. Currently,
NMFS is unaware of alternative metrics available to assess the impacts
of noise on hearing from multiple sound sources. As more data become
available, NMFS can re-evaluate the use of this metric for application
of exposure from multiple activities occurring in space and time. In
other contexts, such as masking, which is expected to occur at much
lower levels and much more likely to result from the contributions of
multiple sources, NMFS is supporting efforts to better assess the
impact of multiple sound sources on marine mammals (e.g., NOAA Ocean
Noise Strategy and CetSound Projects; National Research Council's Ocean
Studies Board's Cumulative Effects of Human Activities on Marine Mammal
Populations Study).
Comment 100: The Commission requested that NMFS provide additional
guidance on how action proponents unable to incorporate moving sources
should determine the total ensonified area (and consequently the number
of ``takes'') and recommended that action proponents unable to model
moving receivers and/or sources determined the total ensonified area
based on a model accumulating the energy for 24 hours and then
multiplying that ensonified area by the marine mammal density to
determine the total number of ``takes.'' The Commission's approach does
not assume a constant distance from the source, but rather a total
ensonified area associated with activity lasting 24 hours (or less if
appropriate) and a uniform density.
Response: Instead of the approach recommended by the Commission,
NMFS created a simple User Spreadsheet (released with Technical
Guidance) to aid action proponents in determining the isopleth
associated with their particular activity, if they are unable to employ
more sophisticated modeling techniques. The updated simple methodology
is based on the concept of ``safe distance'' presented in Sivle et al.
(2014) for moving sources, with more details presented in Appendix D of
the Guidance. The ``safe distance'' is equivalent to isopleths
applicants have calculated in the past, with area and marine mammal
exposures calculated by the same means (i.e., multiply isopleth times
marine mammal density) applicants have used with NMFS' current
thresholds (e.g., generic RMS SPL 180/190 dB).
Comment 101: One commenter requested clarification on several
questions related to the modeling of exposures using more and less
sophisticated methods: (1) Must a model be able to incorporate the
movement of both the source and the receivers or at least the receiver?
(2) How will NMFS determine whether an action proponent has the ability
to model moving receivers or not? (3) What will be the difference
between an action proponent employing more sophisticated modeling
capabilities versus those with less sophisticated capabilities?
Response: An action proponent is responsible for determining their
own modeling capabilities and, depending on the source and/or receiver,
this might include movement or not in order to recreate the most
realistic source-receiver separation (i.e., variation in spacing
between source and receiver over space and time). While NMFS does
[[Page 51718]]
not require any particular models be used, they do evaluate the
appropriateness of models and associated methodologies used in
estimating acoustic exposures on a case-by-case basis in the context of
a proposed activity. NMFS has provided an optional User Spreadsheet for
action proponents unable to employ more sophisticated modeling on their
own. Generally speaking, because it intentionally includes multiple
conservative assumptions, we expect the simple, alternative method
generally will result in higher estimates of PTS-level exposure (which
in turn will translate into higher take estimates). A comprehensive
effects analysis for an action would take into consideration the fact
that the alternative method results in overestimates.
Comment 102: Several commenters indicated that the Guidance needs
to better address the potential of noise-induced hearing loss from more
continuous sources that operate 24 hours a day for multiple days (e.g.,
renewable energy wind farms/tidal operations; communication/navigation
beacons). Additionally, a commenter urged NMFS to consider
complementary devices operating synchronously in arrays as a continuous
sound source, rather than discrete sources. This same commenter
requested consideration for continuous noise sources having the
potential to displace an animal from critical feeding habitat.
Response: In U.S. waters, NMFS is aware of very few sources with
the potential of operating continuously (i.e., 24 hours a day, 7 days a
week, year-round). However, renewable energy platforms have the
capabilities for these types of continuous operations. NMFS
acknowledges that continuous operations can result in higher potential
for exposure accumulation, but the majority of renewable energy
operations produce relatively low levels of sound (i.e., close to
ambient, especially in environments conducive to wave or tidal devices;
e.g., Coping et al., 2014; Schuster et al., 2015) that even over an
accumulation period of 24-h are unlikely to exceed the PTS onset
thresholds. As for the operation of communication/navigation beacons,
these types of sources have a multitude of characteristics (e.g.,
source level, duty cycle, frequency band, beam width/orientation) but
generally have relatively short pulse lengths and produce higher
frequencies (i.e., greater ability for sound to attenuate) reducing the
likelihood of exposure resulting in cumulative effects. Finally,
regarding the comment about displacing an animal from critical feeding
habitat, the Technical Guidance focuses on the effects of noise on
marine mammal hearing and does not address displacement.
As previously addressed in a prior comment, because a sound
operates 24-h a day does not necessarily mean a receiver is exposed to
that source for that entire period (i.e., marine mammals are capable of
moving vertically or horizontally in the water column) or that it is
exposed to levels capable of inducing noise induced threshold shifts.
In other words, having an accurate understanding of the spatial and
temporal overlap between a source and receiver is important in being
able to accurately predict exposures.
Recovery
Comment 103: Multiple commenters recommended that the Guidance
consider data on marine mammal recovery from noise exposure.
Specifically, one commenter suggested the use of a ``leaky-integrator
model'' that accumulates sound energy and account for potential
physiological recovery in a time-dependent manner (described by a time
constant). The commenter indicated that the value of the time
constant(s) is not known but could be conservatively estimated.
Contrary to this comment, another commenter cautioned that recovery
times have generally been measured only during quiet periods within
laboratory settings and that in the open ocean, it is likely that free-
ranging animals will be exposed to sound during the recovery period.
Response: Recovery is an important consideration in assessing the
effects of noise on marine mammals, and the Technical Guidance includes
general information on recovery. We also agree recovery in the open
ocean is more complex than measured in a laboratory setting. Currently,
there are not enough data to directly take recovery into consideration
in the development of acoustic thresholds (and this is specifically
identified as a research recommendation in Appendix B), including the
integration of a ``leaky-integrator model.'' As more data become
available, NMFS can re-evaluate this issue. NMFS has provided
additional text in the Technical Guidance to address why recovery was
not directly considered in a quantitative manner. NMFS has also
provided more clarification in the text regarding recovery and the
Technical Guidance baseline accumulation period.
Comment 104: One commenter suggested that the Guidance's
accumulation period be ``reset'' to zero only when there has been a
sufficiently long silent period (i.e., not automatically after 24
hours). The commenter referred to NMFS' interim injury impact pile
driving criteria for fishes, which assumes that accumulation from zero
occurs only after a recovery period of 12 hours without sound exposure.
Response: NMFS' interim injury criteria for fishes pertain to
smaller pile driving activities (i.e., primarily associated with
construction) that only occur during daylight hours, where resetting
the accumulation period and allowing for a 12-h recovery period is
possible. However, some activities covered by the scope of this
Technical Guidance continue for longer than 24 hours (e.g., seismic
survey) and only resetting the accumulation after a sufficiently long
silent period (i.e., 12 to 24 hours) is not feasible. The data
currently available for deriving acoustic thresholds do not support an
accumulation period beyond 24 hours, and accumulating over the entire
activity duration (i.e., beyond 24 hours) could result in unrealistic
exposure results (e.g., difficult to predict the temporal and spatial
variability of a receivers over multiple days; see Response to Comment
79).
Comment 105: One commenter noted that if TTS and/or PTS are caused
by build-up of free radicals in the hair cell synapses (e.g., McFadden
et al., 2005), then exposure over extended periods must take the
clearance rate of the free radicals into consideration. The commenter
indicated that a 24-h period might be a reasonable approach based on
human audiometry but that given the absence of sufficient marine mammal
data, it may be necessary to consider SELcum over periods of
greater than 24 hours in situations where sources are loudest (e.g.,
large seismic airgun surveys) and propagation loss is lowest.
Response: NMFS acknowledges there are a multitude of factors that
affect recovery from noise-induced hearing loss, including clearance of
free radicals, making recovery complex. Further, there is a lack of
data, especially for marine mammals. That said, NMFS acknowledges there
may be some situations where the accumulation period needs to be
extended beyond 24 hours depending on case-specific scenarios. However,
these should be exceptions and not the norm (i.e., proposed
accumulations periods represent the typical exposure scenario; see
Response to Comment 79).
Comment 106: Multiple commenters expressed concern that several of
the recovery time lengths in the marine mammal TTS literature have been
reported to exceed 24 hours and
[[Page 51719]]
indicate the Guidance's acoustic thresholds may not be sufficiently
conservative. Further, several commenters requested that NMFS consider
recovery in terms of exposure to other stressors, since these stressors
may exacerbate threshold shifts and/or recovery.
Response: NMFS acknowledges that recovery from noise exposure is
extremely complex and depends on a multitude of factors, which is why
recovery was not directly integrated into the Technical Guidance's
recommended accumulation period or into the acoustic thresholds. As
NMFS notes in the Technical Guidance, threshold shifts on the order of
the established PTS onset (i.e., 40 dB) recorded in marine mammal
laboratory studies have still resulted in recovery. Additionally, NMFS
has made several conservative assumptions in the development of its
acoustic thresholds (see Response to Comment 77). NMFS has added a
research recommendation relating to examining noise under realistic
exposure scenarios, including consideration of other stressors.
Comment 107: Several commenters suggested that the accumulation
period allow for the consideration of periods of reduced or no sound
(e.g., power-downs and line turns during seismic activities).
Response: NMFS agrees that power-downs associated with line turns
(not associated with mitigation, which can be unpredictable) should be
accounted for in modeling, particularly with the accumulation period
(i.e., total exposure period within a 24-h period, excluding periods
when there is no exposure).
Appendix D: Alternative Methodology (Formerly Identified as the User
Guide)
Comment 108: Several commenters indicated that the Guidance should
not be finalized until the public has been given the opportunity to
evaluate NMFS' user tools (i.e., having these tools is necessary to
perform a thorough analysis of the Guidance).
Response: NMFS disagrees. See Response to Comment 3.
Comment 109: It was suggested by a commenter that an alternative
method is unnecessary, as it is unlikely animals will remain close
enough to a source to exceed the Guidance's SELcum
thresholds (i.e., PK is anticipated to be the dominant metric,
resulting in the largest isopleth for most, if not all situations).
Response: NMFS disagrees that the PK should be assumed to be the
threshold resulting in the most conservative (i.e., largest) isopleth
for most sources. Furthermore, as a result of public comment, NMFS
decided to remove the PK thresholds for non-impulsive sounds. For
impulsive sounds, NMFS recommends an action proponent fully evaluate
their sound source to determine which metric would be dominant. NMFS
agrees it may be unlikely that animals would remain close to a source
for extended periods of time in most exposure situations. However,
predicting animal movement and distribution, especially during sound
exposure scenarios, is difficult. Finally, NMFS recognizes that in
updating our acoustic thresholds to reflect the best available science,
they have become more complex. Thus, Appendix D provides a set of
tools, examples, and weighting factor adjustments to allow action
proponents with different levels of exposure modeling capabilities to
reasonably approximate PTS onset, using the updated acoustic
thresholds, for all sound sources.
Comment 110: Several commenters requested NMFS explain how the
SELcum acoustic threshold should be used to determine if an
auditory impact would occur. Commenters recommended more guidance on
how this would be implemented for a couple of example projects (i.e.
stationary source such as pile driving, and moving source such as
seismic).
Response: Due to the diverse array of potential sound sources, it
is impractical for NMFS to provide specific, detailed example
calculations within the Technical Guidance. However, NMFS is providing
a simple optional User Spreadsheet to aid action proponents unable to
perform more sophisticated exposure modeling. This spreadsheet
specifically provides a means of applying the Technical Guidance's
thresholds and simplified weighting (WFAs) and calculates isopleths
associated with thresholds expressed as SELcum. Thus,
example calculations can be completed by using the optional User
Spreadsheet. Those using more sophisticated models (e.g., animats)
would presumably have some other means of accounting for cumulative
exposure, like an ``acoustic dosimeter,'' and would not necessarily
need to determine a SELcum threshold distance (see Response
to Comment 114).
Comment 111: Concern was expressed by several commenters that the
alternative methodology provided in Appendix D would limit flexibility
to assess the impacts of noise on marine mammal hearing.
Response: Action proponents are not obligated to use the
alternative methodology and may perform more sophisticated modeling or
consider additional action- or location-specific factors, if able.
Thus, action proponents are given flexibility in terms of their
exposure modeling.
Comment 112: Several commenters were concerned that the highly
technical nature of the Guidance does not lend itself to direct and
consistent application, particularly by non-experts and indicated that
alternative methodology could result in more restrictive acoustic
criteria for the smaller action proponents.
Response: NMFS has produced an associated simple optional User
Spreadsheet that has been finalized with the Technical Guidance to
assist stakeholders in applying the updated acoustic thresholds
associated with the more complex SELcum thresholds,
including tools to help those that cannot incorporate more complicated
auditory weighting functions (see Response to Comments 70 and 100).
NMFS acknowledges that less sophisticated exposure models may
result in higher exposure estimates because these models do not
incorporate as many factors as more sophisticated models. Action
proponents are encouraged to incorporate as many appropriate factors
into their modeling as possible. An action proponent is not obligated
to use the simpler tools provided by NMFS, if they can provide equally
or more realistic exposure modeling on their own.
Comment 113: One commenter noted that the NMFS' West Coast Region
provides a SELcum calculator for estimating impacts to
fishes during impact pile driving, including the incorporation of an
``effective quiet'' value, and requested a similar calculator be
provided for marine mammals. The commenter recommended a consistent
process for accumulating energy and assessing impacts to all species
under NMFS' purview.
Response: The Technical Guidance provides a similar
SELcum calculator for marine mammals, but effective quiet
will not be directly incorporated into the marine mammal calculator
because NMFS determined there are not enough data at this time to do
so. NMFS believes it is consistent in how it assesses acoustic impacts
for the various species under its jurisdiction but, there may be
exceptions that depend on various factors (e.g., species-specific
considerations, data availability, etc.).
Model Specifications
Comment 114: Multiple commenters indicated that the Guidance
suggests that a variety of model approaches could be employed in
applying the Guidance's acoustic thresholds. Instead, the commenters
suggested that NMFS
[[Page 51720]]
recommended standardized computer models or modeling requirements,
which would allow regulators, industry, and the public to run
repeatable analysis to verify acoustic data based on NMFS'
recommendations. The commenters expressed concern that it is likely
that both the current range of modeling vendor choices and their
capacity will be inadequate to fulfill the agency's requirements, which
could lead to unwarranted permitting delays or costs, and suggested a
transition period to necessitate the expansion of the pool of adequate
modeling expertise and vendors. Finally, a commenter recommended that
NMFS undertake model validation/verification as part of the process of
developing the final acoustic criteria.
Response: Providing standard computer models for analysis or
modeling requirements associated with the application of the Technical
Guidance's acoustic thresholds and/or auditory weighting functions, as
well as model validation/verification, is beyond the scope of this
exercise. The adequacy of models will depend on a multitude of factors,
including the activity (source) and potential receivers. Because the
updated acoustic thresholds are more complex, simpler alternatives have
been provided (e.g., User Spreadsheet with weighting factor adjustments
for those unable to fully incorporate auditory weighting functions),
which can be used until the pool of adequate modeling expertise is
expanded. Further, NMFS recognizes there will be a transition period
before the Guidance is fully used. (See previous section in this Notice
on Transitioning to the Technical Guidance).
Comment 115: The Commission recommended that the Guidance provide
specifications necessary to perform exposure modeling. They indicate
that it is NMFS' responsibility, as a regulatory agency, to make
required findings and direct action proponents to the appropriate types
of models, including inputs and appropriate factors to be considered
within those models.
Response: NMFS does not currently provide modeling specifications
and has no current plans to do so. NMFS will provide some technical
assistance to prospective applicants who request it and will continue
to evaluate the models that are used in submitted compliance documents
to ensure they are adequate and appropriate.
Comment 116: The Commission commented on the two alternative models
(i.e., one for moving sources and one for stationary sources) provided
in the 2015 Draft Guidance Appendix D. Specifically, the Commission
requested that more information be provided whether the 3-D ``safe
distance'' methodology of Sivle et al. (2014) for moving sources is
applicable to NMFS' 2-D application specified in the Guidance. The
Commission requests this aspect be submitted for peer review.
BOEM expressed concern that the methodology of Sivle et al. (2014)
is not appropriate for directional sources or for receivers that are
not at the same depth as the source (e.g., sperm whales). The Guidance
states that this methodology is independent of exposure duration, and
BOEM states this is inconsistent with the document's recommendation of
a 24-h baseline accumulation period. Further, BOEM recommended that
this method include a representative depth typical of the species being
modeled.
Response: NMFS reiterates that the two models referred by the
Commission are alternative methods. Action proponents are not obligated
to use these methods. Although Sivle et al. (2014) accounted for the
depth of herring to determine the percent of the winter and summer
populations exceeding the ``safe distance'' associated with exposure to
naval sonar, the calculation of ``safe distance'' (i.e., equations in
the Technical Guidance) makes minimal assumptions associated with the
receiver (i.e., the receiver is stationary and does not exhibit
avoidance or attraction to the source) and does not directly account
for receiver depth or density. It only provides the distance from the
source (i.e., isopleth) beyond which a threshold is exceeded. Thus,
NMFS believes that this methodology is appropriate for 2-D
applications. NMFS has added information about the assumptions
associated with the receiver within the Technical Guidance for clarity.
NMFS does not believe additional peer review is need for this aspect of
the Technical Guidance because the methodology (Sivle et al., 2014) has
already undergone peer review as part of its publication in ICES
Journal of Marine Science.
Addressing concerns raised by BOEM, it is correct that the methods
of Sivle et al. (2014) may not be representative for directional
sources and are likely to result in more conservative exposures (i.e.,
model does not account for source directivity and isopleths produced
assume an omnidirectional source; meaning that it produces an isopleth
equal in all directions). However for directional sources, the source
level parameter associated with this methodology assumes the values
provided are those relating to the direction producing the maximum
level. Again, this optional methodology does not make any assumptions
about the depth of the receiver: it only provides an isopleth
associated with a particular acoustic threshold. It is possible that
the depth of the receiver can accounted for in terms of depth-dependent
density (i.e., percentage of time species is located at a particular
depth). However, accounting for specific characteristics associated
with the receiver (e.g., depth distribution, density, behavioral
response, etc.) is beyond the scope of this document.
Finally, the reason this optional methodology is independent of
exposure duration is because it only considers one pass of the source
relative to receiver, with the closest points of approach incurring the
greatest accumulation (i.e., once the source moves past the closest
point of approach accumulation is only further reduced as the source
moves farther and farther away). Accumulating past the recommended 24-h
accumulation period does not result in the addition of any significant
amount to the cumulative sound exposure of the receiver. The model can
be adjusted to account for shorter accumulation periods. However, the
equations become more complex and more difficult to implement.
Comment 117: Several commenters expressed concerns over a potential
short-coming associated with the optional ``safe distance'' method
(Sivle et al., 2014) accounting for cumulative exposure for moving
sources, specifically its ability to allow only for the inclusion of
spherical spreading as a propagation model. It was suggested that other
propagation models, especially those more conservative spreading models
associated with shallow water, need to be incorporated into this
methodology. Related to this, BOEM indicated that the Guidance's
``source factor'' definitions closely resembled cylindrical spreading
(10\TL\/\10\), rather than spherical spreading
(10\TL\/\20\) and expressed a concern over whether Mean
Squared Pressure (MSP) or Equivalent Plane Wave Intensity (EPWI) terms
were used, and that the terms ``S,'' ``SE,'' and ``E0'' in the Guidance
appear to have similar units, but they do not.
Additionally, these commenters provided an example to assess the
appropriateness of the ``safe distance'' methodology by examining the
modeled radii from four parallel passes, within a 24-h period, from a
3300 cubic inch airgun. Based on their modeling, it was suggested that
NMFS lower thresholds for LF cetacean and PW pinnipeds, raise
thresholds for HF cetaceans, and adjust the same distance methodology
to
[[Page 51721]]
account for the number of passes within an area during a 24-h period.
There was no detail provided by the commenter on what these adjustments
should be.
Response: NMFS acknowledges the concerns and potential limitations
of the optional ``safe distance'' methodology but believes other
assumptions associated with this methodology ensure as a whole it
remains precautionary. The incorporation of other types of spreading
models results in a more complicated equation making the methodology
less easy to implement. However, many mobile sources, like seismic
airguns or sonar, produce sound that is highly-directional (i.e., most
of time sound source is directed to the ocean floor, with less sound
propagating horizontally, compared to the vertical direction), and
directionality is not accounted for with this methodology (see Response
to previous comment). Additionally, many higher-frequency sounds, like
sonar, are also attenuated by absorption, which is also not taken into
account in this methodology. Thus, there are other considerations
beyond spherical spreading, including other conservative factors (i.e.,
simplified incorporation of auditory weighting factors, the receiver
does not avoid the source, etc.) to consider when assessing whether the
use of this optional methodology will result in a potential
underestimate of exposure. Thus, despite these simple assumptions, NMFS
believes the optional ``safe distance'' approach offers a better
approximation of the source-receiver distance over space and time for
various mobile sources than choosing a set accumulation period for all
sources, which assumes a fixed source-receiver distance over that time,
and encourages the development/validation of alternative models,
including the assessment optional models provided in the Technical
Guidance (see Appendix B: Research Recommendations).
As for BOEM's comments regarding MSP vs. EPWI terms, by following
ANSI definitions within the Guidance, NMFS is implicitly using MSP
terms. The term ``source factor'' within the Guidance is based on a
source level being defined as pressure squared, which why it may appear
to resemble cylindrical spreading, rather than spherical spreading.
This additional information was added to provide clarity. BOEM is
correct that the terms ``S,'' ``SE,'' and ``E0'' that appear in the
Technical Guidance do not have identical units. NMFS understands the
potential confusion, since this information was not included in the
2015 July Draft Guidance. A section has been added in Appendix D
providing these units in the Technical Guidance (i.e., See section
3.2.1.1 Linear Equivalents).
In response to the commenter's modeled example, NMFS disagrees with
the appropriateness of this comparison. One of the assumptions
associated with the optional ``safe distance'' methodology is that the
source moves at a constant speed and in a constant direction. Thus,
this model is not sophisticated enough to account for situations for
multiple passes and should not be used for these situations (i.e., NMFS
would recommend an action proponent in this situation to find a more
appropriate means of modeling exposure, or work with NMFS to determine
if the ``safe distance'' methodology can be appropriately modified to
account for multiple passes from a source). Thus, it is not unexpected
that there are several discrepancies between the commenter's modeled
isopleths and those provided by the ``safe distance'' method, including
the use of different weighting functions and thresholds, by the
commenter, compared to those in the Technical Guidance. NMFS believes
the Technical Guidance represents the best available science and
disagrees that adjustments to the document's acoustic thresholds is
supported.
Technical Guidance Implementation and Regulatory Context
Comment 118: One commenter recommended that the Guidance solely
focus on providing the technical basis for acoustic thresholds (i.e.,
best available science) rather than containing substantial
implementation language in the document. The commenter indicated that
limiting the purpose of the Guidance to solely providing technical
background would allow flexibility to incorporate new technologies and
information as they become available.
Response: NMFS agrees and revised the title of the Guidance to
reflect its technical, scientific nature. The Technical Guidance is a
compilation, interpretation, and synthesis of the available literature.
Application of the updated acoustic thresholds remains consistent with
current NMFS practice. That information on regulatory context has been
moved to this Notice. Any changes to application in the regulatory
context are separate from the basis for updating the thresholds
themselves, where advances in scientific knowledge are the drivers.
Comment 119: One commenter requested the Technical Guidance provide
a brief reference to its use in the current 14-question MMPA incidental
take application.
Response: The Technical Guidance is a compilation, interpretation,
and synthesis of the scientific literature on the impacts of sound on
marine mammal hearing. There is no change to the use of thresholds in
the regulatory context. No specific reference is required in our
implementing regulations.
Comment 120: One commenter noted that the MMPA mandates that
``Level A'' harassment includes not only the actual or likely onset of
injury, but also the potential for injury and that the ESA definition
of ``harm'' encompasses temporary injuries or impairments that impact
essential behavior. The commenter expressed concern that setting the
threshold for ``Level A'' harassment under the MMPA and ``harm'' under
the ESA at the actual onset of injury is inconsistent with the
statutory mandates, which seek to protect against the risk of, or
potential for, injury and recommended that NMFS must set a protective
threshold in order to comply with its statutory mandates (i.e., one
that interprets the existing literature conservatively enough to
reflect the potentiality of harm).
Response: The Technical Guidance auditory impact thresholds were
based on scientifically-based judgments, including accounting for
uncertainty and variability, developed to stand independent of
interpretations of statutory terms such as ``take,'' ``harm,'' and
``harassment.'' At the same time, the thresholds were designed for use
in NMFS' regulatory analyses.
NMFS incorporated several conservative assumptions in the
development of the PTS onset thresholds to account for the potential
for PTS onset (see Response to Comment 77). Further, there are several
examples of marine mammal exposure exceeding the Guidance's PTS
thresholds, where recovery has occurred (see recent review in Finneran
2015).
Comment 121: Several commenters provided examples of how the
weighting function and thresholds compare to data collected in the
field during SSV measurements (e.g., seismic and impact piled driving).
The commenters' analysis operated on the assumption that the weighting
functions and thresholds should provide equal results when compared to
the weighting functions and thresholds in Southall et al. (2007), and
argued that results stemming from the Guidance ``did not yield the most
reliable or cautionary results.'' In one example, it is stated that
these comparisons are ``at odds with the
[[Page 51722]]
reports of the sensitivity of beaked whales to pulsed sounds.''
Response: NMFS appreciates the commenter's efforts to provide
examples and comparisons using the Technical Guidance. However, we
disagree that the Technical Guidance must yield similar results to
those provided in Southall et al. (2007), since available data and
methodology has significantly evolved since 2007. For example, marine
mammal weighting functions (M-weighting) from Southall et al. (2007)
were derived in a more simplistic manner than the updated methodology
provided in Appendix A, which directly uses audiogram and TTS data to
derive weighting functions. Thus, the Southall et al. (2007) M-
weighting functions are broader than those provided in the Technical
Guidance and would inherently result in larger, more conservative
isopleths. Although the isopleths derived using the Technical Guidance
results are smaller in comparison to those from Southall et al. (2007),
they are not necessarily unreliable.
In addition, NMFS is aware that the Southall et al. (2007) panel is
in the process of updating its paper. It is anticipated that their
proposed weighting functions will not be as broad (most susceptible
frequency range) as their original M-weighting functions (i.e., they
will be more aligned with those presented in the Technical Guidance).
Regarding beaked whale sensitivity, NMFS agrees these species are often
classified as a ``particularly sensitive'' group, but in the context of
behavioral responses. The Technical Guidance does not pertain to
behavioral responses, only effects of noise on hearing. The assumption
that this enhanced sensitivity carries over to hearing and
susceptibility to noise-induced hearing loss is currently unsupported
by beaked whale AEP measurements (e.g., Finneran et al., 2009; Pacini
et al.. 2011) or transmission pathway modeling (e.g., Cranford et al.,
2008) .
Comment 122: Several commenters remarked that the Guidance does not
explain the anticipated impact of the acoustic thresholds on the
regulated community. Because the Guidance will be applied in a range of
regulatory actions, it was recommended that NMFS undertake a study
comparing the assessment approach described in the Guidance with the
current assessment methods to demonstrate the regulatory implications
of the proposed acoustic thresholds.
Response: The Technical Guidance represents the culmination of a
robust assessment of the scientific literature to derive updated,
science-based auditory impact thresholds for marine mammals. The
overall assessment approach in the regulatory context has not changed
from current agency practice.
The acoustic thresholds presented in the Technical Guidance use
different metrics compared to the current thresholds. In some
situations, depending on the sound source, species of interest, and
duration of exposure, application of the updated acoustic thresholds
may result in greater estimates of PTS (and therefore more ``takes'')
than under the existing thresholds, while in other situations the
opposite result may occur. Examining all possible scenarios associated
with the wide range of potential activities is not feasible.
Comment 123: Multiple commenters expressed concern that the
Guidance will unnecessarily result in an increased burden to action
proponents during the permitting process and would lead to an increased
number of shutdowns or longer survey duration, with increased costs and
safety risks.
Response: NMFS recognizes the advancing science on auditory impacts
has led to more complex set of thresholds and methodology for
evaluating impacts and has provided a simplified alternative
methodology to alleviate some of the burden associated with applying
the more complex acoustic thresholds and auditory weighting functions.
In terms of effects on activities themselves, the Guidance does not
address consequences for mitigation requirements in a regulatory
context. This will depend on the particular aspects of an action,
taking into account the comprehensive effects analysis and regulatory
considerations. NMFS notes that there are no requirements that
mitigation measures directly correspond to acoustic thresholds (See
Response to Comment 11).
Comment 124: One commenter expressed concern that applying the
alternative methods provided in the Guidance could result in
unrealistically high exposure estimates. The commenter recommended that
the Guidance include more explanation to inform action proponents about
the potential costs, benefits, and consequences of methodologies that
directly use auditory weighting functions and those that do not
(alternative methods).
Response: NMFS notes it will be an action proponent's decision as
to how they model and estimate their potential impacts to marine
mammals. Analyzing the potential cost/benefits of the methodologies
applied is beyond the scope of the document and will vary depending on
the activity/sound source and species impacted. The optional WFAs
provided in the Technical Guidance should assist action proponents with
incorporating auditory weighting functions and should provide very
similar (if not identical) results for narrow-band sources and larger
isopleths for broadband sources, depending on how much information the
action proponent can provide regarding the frequency composition of
their source (i.e., can provide the 95 percent frequency contour
percentile or rely on the more conservative default WFA values).
Comment 125: Multiple commenters requested more information on how
NMFS will transition from previously applied thresholds to the acoustic
thresholds provided in the Guidance (e.g., how will it affect
applications/consultations completed, in process and beyond) and
expressed concerned over the potential for delays and NMFS' time
requirements to process permits based on the Guidance.
Further, one commenter remarked that NMFS' intention to update the
acoustic thresholds based on newly available information is valid from
a scientific point of view, but from a practical aspect could be
confusing, could promote regulatory uncertainty, and has the potential
to affect permitting timelines. The commenter indicated that planning
for certain activities can take multiple years to complete, with the
introduction of additional uncertainty potentially adversely affecting
the ability of action proponents to plan for and comply with the
Guidance.
Similarly, several commenters requested clarification as to how the
Guidance would be implemented in (a) the context of a five-year
incidental take regulation (ITR) (with specific take authorizations by
letters of authorization (LOA)) and (b) when numerous IHAs are issued
for a given area in the absence of an ITR. Specifically, a commenter
asked if different methods will be used to estimate the amount of
authorized incidental ``take'' in each of these contexts and how, if at
all, will authorized ``take'' be allocated over certain periods of time
in one or both of these contexts?
Response: NMFS acknowledges there will be some lag between updates
in the best available information and the ability to incorporate that
new information into ongoing processes. We refer readers to the section
of this Notice addressing Transitioning to the
[[Page 51723]]
Technical Guidance for more information.
Comment 126: One commenter suggested that the Guidance provides an
opportunity for NMFS to clarify its policy on ``takes'' vs. ``animals
taken.'' The commenter indicated that just because an animal is
``exposed'' to a sound source does not necessarily equate to a ``take''
or an impact as defined in the MMPA and provided the following example
with migratory (e.g., 50 takes with individuals being taken once) vs.
resident species (e.g., 50 takes with ten individuals being taken five
time each). Similarly, a commenter requested that NMFS should clarify
that, in estimating numbers of auditory impacts for management
purposes, take numbers will be calculated for each day of exposure and
then added to obtain the total estimate. For example, assuming an equal
daily risk of eight exposures that exceed PTS thresholds for some
species over a 10-day pile-driving project, the total potential PTS-
level take would be 80 animals. The Navy has long employed this method
of calculation, but its use by other applicants (e.g., seismic
operators) has been inconsistent. Notably, this method would not
account for multiple takes of individual marine mammals and the
cumulative impact on hearing that would result from those takes.
Response: The Technical Guidance is designed for assessing the
impact of underwater noise on marine mammal hearing by providing
scientifically-based auditory weighting functions and acoustic
thresholds. It does not address how to calculate takes in various
situations. Those considerations are case-specific and based on
multiple considerations, including spatial and temporal overlap between
the sound source and a receiver). Moreover, factors like whether a
marine mammal species or stock is migratory or resident (among numerous
other factors), are considered within a broader comprehensive effects
analysis when such information is available.
Comment 127: The Commission commented that the Guidance states that
an alternative approach may be proposed (by federal agencies or other
action proponents) and used if case-specific information or data
indicate that the alternative approach is likely to produce a more
accurate estimate of Level A Harassment, harm, or auditory injury for
the proposed activities. Such a proposed alternative approach may be
used if NMFS determines that the approach satisfies the requirements of
the applicable statutes and regulations. The Commission noted that NMFS
has not provided any criteria under which such an exception could be
invoked and is allowing action proponents to waive the Guidance's
acoustic thresholds. The Commission does not support this approach and
recommends that NMFS require all action proponents to implement the
final acoustic thresholds until such time that they are amended or
revised by NMFS.
Similar to the Commission's concerns, another commenter indicated
any alternative approach must be at least as protective as methods
prescribed in the Guidance, which have at least undergone peer review
and public notice and comment. Alternatively, the commenter suggested
that more conservative approaches should be used if a project's
circumstances require a lower threshold for ``take'' based on specific
factors, such as geographic region, oceanographic conditions, low
abundance, species site fidelity, prey impacts or cumulative impacts.
Contrary to the comments above, a few commenters indicated that
they welcome the opportunity for action proponents to propose
alternative approaches to those presented in the Guidance. The
commenters noted that this flexibility will enable innovation within
the bounds of regulatory compliance and that are appropriate and
justified (e.g., there are many ways to estimate potential exposures of
marine mammals to various sound levels).
Response: The Technical Guidance is not a regulation or rule. It
does not create or confer any rights for or on any person, or operate
to bind the public. However, it is NMFS' assessment of the best
available information for determining auditory impacts from exposure to
anthropogenic sound and it has undergone extensive peer and public
review. With that in mind, NMFS agrees with the comment that any
alternative approach should be peer reviewed before it is used instead
of the updated thresholds in the Technical Guidance (or the alternative
methodology). With that addition to NMFS' statement in the Draft
Guidance, an alternative approach that has undergone independent peer
review may be proposed if in NMFS' view it ``is likely to produce an
equally or more accurate estimate of auditory impacts for the project
being evaluated, if NMFS determines the approach satisfies the
requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations.'' NMFS
believes this sets a fairly high bar as to what type of data/
alternative approach would justify a departure from the Guidance's
auditory weighting functions and/or acoustic thresholds, especially in
terms of the HISA standards to which this Guidance adheres.
Additionally, action proponents are afforded flexibility for factors
beyond the Guidance's auditory weighting functions and/or acoustic
thresholds (e.g., propagation modeling, exposure modeling) as a means
to accurately predict and assess the effects of noise on marine
mammals.
Comment 128: Multiple commenters requested flexibility associated
with the accumulation period, especially for projects with a stationary
source and for action proponents with limited ability to conduct
detailed modeling (e.g., pile driving projects). The commenters
recommended that NMFS allow for the flexibility to make project-
specific adjustments based on physical or biological factors associated
with the activity.
Response: NMFS acknowledges that all action proponents may not have
the same level capabilities to apply the Technical Guidance and has
provided an optional User Spreadsheet for action proponents that wish
to avail themselves of it. Additionally, NMFS recognizes there may be
some situations where project-specific modification may be necessary
(i.e., action proponent should contact NMFS to discuss project-specific
issues that are beyond scope of Technical Guidance).
Comment 129: One commenter expressed concern that the updated
acoustic thresholds could underestimate instances of PTS/TTS from
permitted activities because marine mammals can be elusive and
observations from protected species observers are few in relation to
the estimated abundance. Similarly, one commenter asked how the
acoustic thresholds would be used to calculate ``take'' after an
activity is completed.
Response: The acoustic thresholds are just one tool used to predict
``take'' calculations. Other factors (e.g., sound propagation or marine
mammal density/occurrence) contribute to these calculations though they
are beyond the scope of the Technical Guidance. NMFS notes that the
Technical Guidance's intended purpose is as a tool for predicting
potential impacts of noise on hearing before an activity occurs (and
perhaps afterward).
Comment 130: The Commission requested clarification on how and when
action proponents should use the qualitative factors identified within
the Guidance and expressed concern that these factors could be used to
allow for a reduction in ``take'' estimates based on subjective
judgments rather than best available science. The Commission
recommended that NMFS remove the list of qualitative factors listed and
incorporate it by reference in the text and not allow action proponents
to use
[[Page 51724]]
those factors to modify isopleths or numbers of ``takes'' resulting
from the quantitative thresholds.
Response: NMFS' intent of providing qualitative factors for
consideration was to acknowledge that when additional data may become
available in the future; these additional factors may be incorporated
with quantitative PTS onset thresholds. At this time, however, it is
not NMFS' intent for these factors to reduce quantitative exposure
estimates based on subjective judgment. The Technical Guidance
acknowledges that these factors are important for consideration within
the comprehensive effects analysis on a qualitative basis. To avoid
confusion, NMFS removed the list of qualitative factors from the
threshold tables and placed this information in Appendix B: Research
Recommendations.
Miscellaneous Issues
Comment 131: One commenter requested clarification was on how much
an acoustic threshold would need to change to update the Technical
Guidance and suggested updates only occur when thresholds change by at
least 5 dB.
Response: NMFS has provided a procedure and timeline for updating
the Guidance (Section III of main Guidance document) and will evaluate
new studies as they become available, including in the context of
existing data, before determining the impact to the acoustic
thresholds.
Comment 132: One commenter recommended the Guidance include a table
indicating a species' hearing ability, sound production
characteristics, and genetic relatedness to other species in order to
determine when there are enough individuals of a particular species or
genus to warrant species- or genus-specific acoustic thresholds, rather
than relying on hearing group thresholds.
Response: NMFS has used the best available science to support the
division marine mammals into five hearing groups, including the
derivation of composite audiograms based on available hearing data, and
declines to include the requested table as it goes beyond the scope of
the Technical Guidance. As science progresses (i.e., more data on
hearing, sound production, genetics become available), NMFS will
determine if further refinements of hearing groups and their associated
auditory thresholds are needed.
Comment 133: Several commenters requested that additional terms be
better defined in the Guidance (e.g., isopleth, narrowband, roll-off,
equal latency).
Response: NMFS has added and defined these terms in the Glossary
(Appendix E) and/or provided more clarification within the Technical
Guidance.
Comment 134: A few commenters suggested improvements to the
Guidance, including technical editing, literature citation
verification, and the inclusion of more plain language.
Response: NMFS has verified that all references used in the
Technical Guidance appear in the Literature Cited section and has
included more plain language, when possible. However, NMFS notes this
is a highly technical document, with most of the terms not easily
subjected to plain language revisions without altering the accepted
meaning of those terms. Additionally, definitions for technical terms
used in this document are defined in the Glossary (Appendix E).
Dated: July 29, 2016.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries
Service.
[FR Doc. 2016-18462 Filed 8-3-16; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P